JVOH SM 1777 160401.pdf SET FREE JVOH-Q - Service Manual 201809 - 2019081614534583

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 218

VRF OUTDOOR UNITS

SERVICE MANUAL New Release Form No. 1777 201603

INVERTER-DRIVEN
MULTI-SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP
AIR CONDITIONERS

JVOH080~540VVER0AQ
( 220V/3Ph/60Hz )

Issue Date:
1. Apr.2016
- CONTENTS -

1. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Initial Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1.1 Checking of Electrical Wiring and Power Source .......................................................................... 1
1.1.2 Checking of Rotary Switch and Dip Switch Setting ....................................................................... 5
1.1.3 Checking by 7-Segment Display ................................................................................................... 8
1.1.4 Function Setting ............................................................................................................................ 9
1.1.5 Checking of Alarm Code History ................................................................................................... 11
1.1.6 Emergency Operation ................................................................................................................... 15
1.1.7 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Remote Control Switch ............................................ 19
1.1.8 Abnormal Transmission between Remote Control Switch and Indoor Unit .................................. 20
1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices .............................................................................................................. 21
1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure ................................................................................................................ 29
1.2.1 Alarm Code Table.......................................................................................................................... 29
1.2.2 Troubleshooting by Alarm Code .................................................................................................... 31
1.2.3 Troubleshooting in Check Mode by Remote Control Switch ......................................................... 88
1.2.4 Troubleshooting by 7-Segment Display ........................................................................................ 94
1.2.5 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs .............................................................................................. 102
1.3 Procedure of Checking Each Main Parts ........................................................................................... 107
1.3.1 Self-Checking of PCBs using Remote Control Switch .................................................................. 107
1.3.2 Self-Checking of Remote Control Switch ...................................................................................... 109
1.3.3 Procedure of Checking Other Main Parts ..................................................................................... 111
1.4 Test Run ............................................................................................................................................. 119
1.4.1 Test Run by Remote Control Switch ............................................................................................. 120
1.4.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side .................................................................................................. 121
1.4.3 Checking at Test Run .................................................................................................................... 123
1.4.4 Checking List for Refrigerant Cycle .............................................................................................. 124
1.4.5 Automatic Judgement System for Refrigerant Amount ................................................................ 127
1.4.6 Reset for Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1-2 after Maintenance (cUJ1-cUJ2)....... 128
2. SERVICING ................................................................................................................................................ 129
2.1 Removing Front Service Cover .......................................................................................................... 129
2.2 Removing Upper Cover ...................................................................................................................... 130
2.3 Removing Electrical Box Cover .......................................................................................................... 131
2.4 Removing Electrical Box .................................................................................................................... 132
2.5 Removing E-Box Stay ........................................................................................................................ 134
2.6 Removing Air Grille ............................................................................................................................. 135
2.7 Removing Outdoor Fan ...................................................................................................................... 136
2.8 Removing Compressor....................................................................................................................... 138
2.9 Replacing Refrigerant Oil .................................................................................................................. 147
2.9.1 No Clogging in Return Oil Circuit .................................................................................................. 147
2.9.2 Clogging in Return Oil Circuit ........................................................................................................ 148
2.10 Replacing Return Oil Circuit .............................................................................................................. 150
2.11 Removing Coils .................................................................................................................................. 152

i
- CONTENTS -
2.11.1 Removing Expansion Valve Coil (MV1, MVB)............................................................................... 153
2.11.2 Removing Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA, SVG) .................................................................................. 154
2.11.3 Removing Solenoid Valve ............................................................................................................. 155
2.11.4 Removing Reversing Valve Coil (RVR1, RVR2) ........................................................................... 156
2.11.5 Removing Reversing Valve ........................................................................................................... 157
2.12 Removing Stop Valve ......................................................................................................................... 159
2.13 Removing High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor and Low Pressure Sensor .........................161
2.13.1 Removing High Pressure Switch (PSH1, PSH2) .......................................................................... 162
2.13.2 Removing High Pressure Sensor (Pd) and Low Pressure Sensor (Ps) ......................................... 162
2.14 Removing Thermistor for Liquid Pipe ................................................................................................. 163
2.15 Removing Thermistor for Ambient Temperature ................................................................................ 164
2.16 Removing Other Electrical Components ............................................................................................. 165
2.16.1 Removing PCB1 and Electrical Components for Electrical Box .................................................... 165
2.16.2 Removing PCB2 for Inverter ......................................................................................................... 168
2.16.3 Removing Diode Module and Transistor Module .......................................................................... 169
2.16.4 Removing Fan Controller .............................................................................................................. 170
3. MAIN PARTS .............................................................................................................................................172
3.1 Inverter ................................................................................................................................................172
3.1.1 Specifications of Inverter ........................................................................................................ ........ ..172
3.1.2 Arrangement of Inverter Power Unit ..............................................................................................173
3.1.3 Protective Function ........................................................................................................................174
3.1.4 Overload Protection Control ...........................................................................................................175
3.2 Scroll Compressor ...............................................................................................................................176
3.2.1 Reliable Mechanism for Low Vibration and Low Sound .................................................................176
3.2.2 Principle of Compression ...............................................................................................................176
3.2.3 Structure ........................................................................................................................................ 177
3.3 Thermistor ........................................................................................................................................... 178
3.4 Electronic Expansion Valve .................................................................................................................180
3.5 Pressure Sensor.................................................................................................................................. 181
3.6 High Pressure Protection Device ........................................................................................................182
3.7 Noise Filter (NF1, NF2) .......................................................................................................................183
3.8 Capacitor (CB, CB1, CB2)................................................................................................................... 186
3.9 Capacitor (CB3)................................................................................................................................... 186
3.10 Reactor (DCL, DCL1, DCL2) .............................................................................................................. 187
4. OPTIONAL FUNCTION .............................................................................................................................. 190
4.1 Setting Method ................................................................................................................................... 190
4.2 External Input and Output Setting ...................................................................................................... 190
4.2.1 Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1),
Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2) ................................................... 192
4.2.2 Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3) ...................................................................... 192
4.2.3 Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4) ..................................................... 193
4.2.4 Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5) ......................................................................... 193
4.2.5 Input Demand Current Control 40, 60, 70, 80, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 10) .................. 194

ii
- CONTENTS -
4.2.6 Input Low Noise Setting 1, 2, 3 (Control Function No.11 to 13) .................................................. 195
4.2.7 Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1) ...................................................................... 197
4.2.8 Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2) ............................................................................ 197
4.2.9 Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3) ............................................................ 198
4.2.10 Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4) ..................................................................... 198
4.3 Function Setting ................................................................................................................................. 199
4.3.1 Circular at Heating Thermo-OFF................................................................................................... 202
4.3.2 Night-Shift (Low Noise) ................................................................................................................. 203
4.3.3 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit .................................................................... 204
4.3.4 Defrost for Cold Area (Change of Defrost Condition) .................................................................... 204
4.3.5 SLo Defrost Setting ....................................................................................................................... 205
4.3.6 Cancellation of Hot Start ............................................................................................................... 205
4.3.7 Demand Function Setting ............................................................................................................. 205
4.3.8 Wave Function Setting .................................................................................................................. 206
4.3.9 Cold Draft Protection ..................................................................................................................... 206
4.3.10 Adjustment of Fan Rotation .......................................................................................................... 206
5. FIELD WORK INSTRUCTION ....................................................................................................................207
5.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage ......................................................................................................207
5.2 Maintenance Work ...........................................................................................................................208
5.3 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display ................................................................209
5.4 Service and Maintenance Record by Remote Control Switch......................................................... 210
5.5 Service & Maintenance Record ....................................................................................................... 211
5.6 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant ..................................................................................................... 212
5.7 Mollier Chart for R410A ................................................................................................................... 213

iii
1. TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1 Initial Troubleshooting
1.1.1 Checking of Electrical Wiring and Power Source

Inspect the following items when abnormality is found during the system activation.
No. Check Item Check Method
1 Is power source breaker or fuse Check the voltage (secondary side) of the breaker and also
blown out? check the conductivity of fuse by a tester.
2 Is voltage at secondary side of Disconnect connection at the secondary side of the transformer and
transformer correct? measure voltage by a tester.
3 Is wiring firmly fixed or correctly • Check to ensure that the terminal for power source wiring (terminals “L1”
connected? to “L1” and “N” to “N” of each terminal board: AC380-415V, terminals
“R” to “L1” and “S” to “L2” of each terminal board: AC220-240V) and
intermediate wiring (Operating Line: terminals “1” to “1” and “2” to
“2” of each terminal board: DC5V) between the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit coincide correctly, as figure on the next page. If not, some
component will be damaged.
• Check the wiring connection to the PCB and especially ensure that the
following connections are NOT loosened.
(a) thermistor connector plug (each)
(b) remote control cable connector plug
(c) transformer connector plug
(d) each connector plug of main power source circuit
• Check to ensure that the twist pair cable with shield (≥0.75mm2) are
used for intermediate wiring to protect noise obstacle at total length of
less than 1000m and size complied with local code.
• Check to ensure that the wirings and the breakers are chosen correctly,
as shown in Table 1.1.
• All the field wiring and equipment must comply with local code.

1
Example for Electrical Wiring Connection

< 380-415V/50Hz >


Outdoor Unit A (Main) Outdoor Unit B (Sub)

TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2


L1 L2 L3 N 1 2 3 4 L1 L2 L3 N 1 2 3 4

Earth Earth

Main Switch TB : Terminal Board


PCB : Printed Circuit Board
FUSE : Field Wiring
: Transmission Line (Shielded Twist Pair Cable)
ELB ELB DC5V (Non-Pole Transmission H-LINK System)
: Field Supplied
Main Switch : Optional Accessory
3N
380-415V/50Hz
400V/50Hz FUSE

ELB ELB

Distribution Box or Pull Box Distribution Box or Pull Box


3N Main Switch
380-415V/50Hz
400V/50Hz
FUSE L1 L2 N L1 L2 N
TB1 TB1
ELB ELB No. 0 No. 1
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
1N TB2 Remote TB2 Remote
220-240V/50Hz 1 2 A B Control 1 2 A B Control
Cable Cable
220V/60Hz (Shielded Twist (Shielded Twist
Pair Cable) Pair Cable)

Remote Remote
Control Control
Switch Switch

No. 0 System Indoor Units No.1 System Indoor Units

< 220V/60Hz >

Outdoor Unit A (Main) Outdoor Unit B (Sub)

TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2


R S T 1 2 3 4 R S T 1 2 3 4

Earth Earth

Main Switch TB : Terminal Board


PCB : Printed Circuit Board
FUSE : Field Wiring
: Transmission Line (Shielded Twist Pair Cable)
ELB ELB DC5V (Non-Pole Transmission H-LINK System)
: Field Supplied
Main Switch
: Optional Accessory
3
220V/60Hz FUSE

ELB ELB

Distribution Box or Pull Box Distribution Box or Pull Box


Main Switch
3
220V/60Hz
FUSE R S Mp R S Mp
TB1 TB1
ELB ELB No. 0 No. 1
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
TB2 Remote TB2 Remote
1 1 2 A B Control 1 2 A B Control
220V/60Hz Cable Cable
(Shielded Twist (Shielded Twist
Pair Cable) Pair Cable)

Remote Remote
Control Control
Switch Switch

No. 0 System Indoor Units No.1 System Indoor Units

2
Table 1.1 Electrical Data and Recommended Wiring, Breaker Size/1 Outdoor Unit

ELB
Maximum
Power Nominal
Running Nominal Fuse
Model Power Supply Supply Line Sensitive
Current Current
Current
(A) (φmm) (A) (mA) (A)
8HP 16.1 MLFC 2.0SQ 20 30 20
10HP 17 MLFC 3.5SQ 30 30 30
12HP 23 MLFC 5.5SQ 40 30 40
380-415V/50Hz
14HP 28 MLFC 5.5SQ 50 30 40
16HP 31 MLFC 8SQ 50 30 50
18HP 33 MLFC 8SQ 50 30 50
8HP 23 MLFC 5.5SQ 40 30 40
10HP 29 MLFC 5.5SQ 50 30 40
12HP 40 MLFC 14SQ 60 100 60
220V/60Hz
14HP 49 MLFC 14SQ 75 100 70
16HP 55 MLFC 14SQ 75 100 70
18HP 59 MLFC 14SQ 100 100 70
ELB: Earthleakage Breaker, MLFC: Flame Retardant Polyflex Wire

■ Field Minimum Wire Sizes for Power Source

Maximum Power Source Cable Size Transmitting Cable Size Earth


Running EN60 335-1 MLFC EN60 335-1 MLFC Wire
Model Power Supply
Current *1 *2 *1 *2 Size
(A) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2)
8HP 16.1 2.5 2.0 0.75 0.75 2.0
10HP 17 4 3.5 0.75 0.75 2.0
12HP 23 6 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
380-415V/50Hz
14HP 28 10 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
16HP 31 10 8 0.75 0.75 3.5
18HP 33 10 8 0.75 0.75 3.5
8HP 23 6 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
10HP 29 10 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
12HP 40 10 14 0.75 0.75 5.5
220V/60Hz
14HP 49 - 14 0.75 0.75 5.5
16HP 55 - 14 0.75 0.75 5.5
18HP 59 - 14 0.75 0.75 5.5
* Refer to the NOTES for selection of the power source cable size.

3
NOTES:
1) Follow local codes and regulations when selecting field wires.
2) The wire sizes marked with *1 in the table of previous page are selected at the maximum current of the unit according
to the European Standard, EN60 335-1. Use the wires which are not lighter than the ordinary tough rubber sheathed
flexible cord (code designation H05RN-F) or ordinary polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation
H05RN-F).
3) The wire sizes marked with *2 in the table of previous page are selected at the maximum current of the unit according
to the wire, MLFC (Flame Retardant Polyflex Wire) manufactured by YORK.
4) Use a shielded cable for the transmitting circuit and connect it to ground.
5) In the case that power cables are connected in series, add each unit maximum current and select wires below.
Selection According to EN60 335-1 Selection According to MLFC (at Cable Temperature of 90oC)
Current i (A) Wire Size (mm2) Current i (A) Wire Size (mm2)
i< 6 2.5 i < 19 0.75 *3: In the case that
6 < i < 10 2.5 19 < i < 24 1.25 current exceeds 63A,
10 < i < 16 2.5~4 24 < i < 34 2 use MLFC cables.
16 < i < 25 2.5~6 34 < i < 47 3.5
25 < i < 32 4~10 47 < i < 63 5.5
32 < i < 50 6~16 63 < i < 78 8
50 < i < 63 10~25 78 < i < 113 14
63 < i *3 113 < i < 148 22
148 < i < 179 30

Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 3.5mm or more between each phase.

4
1.1.2 Checking of Rotary Switch and Dip Switch Setting
The following figures indicate the normal setting (before shipment) of DSW on PCB in the indoor and
outdoor unit. When simultaneous operation control of multiple units or room thermo control is operated,
DSW setting will be different with the following figures.

(1) Outdoor Unit (before shipment)


TURN OFF all power sources before setting. Without turning OFF, the switches do not work and the
contents of the setting are invalid. (However, DSW4-No.1, 2, 4 and push switches can be operated
during power sources is ON.) Mark of “ ■ ” indicates the position of dip switches.

Arrangement of Dip Switch Setting Push Switches

PSW2 DSW2 DSW3 PSW2


PSW5 PSW1 PSW3 DSW4 DSW5
For Checking
SEG2 SEG1
PSW4 DSW6 DSW7
PSW5 PSW1 PSW3
DSW1 RSW1 For Enter For
Checking Checking
PSW4
DSW10 For Checking

DSW1 Ref. Cycle No. Setting DSW2 Capacity Setting


Setting is required. Setting No setting is required.
Setting Before Shipment Position
RSW1
DSW1 8HP 10HP 12HP
901 ON ON ON
ON
23
78

456
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

Tens Digit Last Digit


14HP 16HP 18HP
Set the unit number of outdoor unit at ON ON ON
each refrigerant cycle.
(Setting before shipment is unit 0.) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW4 Test Operation and Service Setting Emergency Operation /


DSW5
Test Operation and Service Setting
Setting is required. For Test Operation and
Operating Compressor No setting is required. Turn ON the dip switch
Setting Before Test Cooling Test Heating when use the below functions.
Shipment Operation Operation Setting Before
ON ON ON
Shipment
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Compressor Setting Item Pin No.
Forced Stop
Except No.1 Compressor Operation 1
ON
Except No.2 Compressor Operation 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 Refrigerant Amount Judgement 4

DSW6 Outdoor Unit No. Setting


Setting is required. Single Setting IMPORTANT NOTICE
(Setting Before Shipment)
ON The outdoor unit is not single,
the combination setting is necessary.
1 2 3 4 Be sure to do this setting.
Combination Setting
Unit A Unit B Unit C
(No.0 Unit) (No.2 Unit) (No.3 Unit)
ON ON ON

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

DSW3 DSW7 Power Supply Setting DSW10 Transmission Setting


Setting is Setting is required. Setting is required.
required.
220V Unit: 220V Setting Before Shipment For End Resistance Cancellation
380-415V Unit: 380V Setting Before Shipment
Setting Before End Resistance
ON Shipment Cancellation
ON
ON ON
1 2 3 4 220V
1 2 3 4
ON 1 2 1 2

1 2 3 4 380V
ON If the transmission circuit fuse is short circuited,
the printed circuit board PCB1 will be recovered
1 2 3 4 415V only once by turning DSW10 #2 pin on.

5
(2) Indoor Unit (before shipment)
Mark of “ ■ ” indicates the position of dip switches.
a. Unit No. Setting (RSW1 & DSW6)
Setting is required. Set the unit No. of all indoor units respectively and serially by following setting
position shown in the table below. Numbering must start from “0” for every outdoor unit.
Unit No. Setting
DSW6 (Tens Digit) RSW1 (Units Digit) Ex.) Set at No.16 Unit
Setting Set by inserting DSW6
Position slotted screwdriver
ON ON
into the groove.
901
1 2 3 4 5 6 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 OFF

23
78
45 6
Set No.1 Pin ON

Before shipment, DSW6 and RSW1 are set to "0". RSW1


Max. 64 units are available to set when all the equipment
901
to be connected are corresponding to H-LINK ΙΙ.

23
78
45 6
Max. 16 units when the units corresponding/
non-corresponding to H-LINK ΙΙ are combined. Set at "6"

b. Optional Function Setting (DSW2) < Only for JTHW Models ON


> No setting is required.
Setting positions before shipment are all OFF.
1 2 3 4
OFF

c. Capacity Code Setting (DSW3) Horsepower 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
No setting is required, due to setting ON ON ON ON ON

before shipment. This switch is utilized Setting


Position 1 2 3 4
for setting the capacity code which 1 2 3 4
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF OFF
corresponds to the Horse Power of the Horsepower 3.0 4.0 5.0 8 10
indoor unit. ON ON ON ON ON
Setting
Position 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

d. Refrigerant Cycle No. Setting (RSW2 & DSW5)


Setting is required. Setting positions before shipment are all OFF.

Refrigerant Cycle No. Setting


DSW5 (Tens Digit) RSW2 (Units Digit) Ex.) Set at No.5 Cycle
Setting Set by inserting DSW5
Position slotted screwdriver
ON ON
into the groove.
901
1 2 3 4 5 6 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 OFF
23
78

45 6
Set All Pins OFF

Before shipment, DSW5 and RSW2 are set to "0". RSW2


Max. 64 cycles are available to set when all the equipment
901
to be connected are corresponding to H-LINK ΙΙ.
23
78

45 6
Max. 16 cycles when the units corresponding/
non-corresponding to H-LINK ΙΙ are combined. Set at "5"

6
e. Unit Model Code Setting (DSW4) < Except for JTHW Models
> No setting is required.
Setting the model code of the indoor unit.

JTDL JTKF JTFC


ON ON ON

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
OFF OFF OFF

f. Fuse Recover (DSW7) (for Auxiliary use)

< Except for JTHW Models > ON


* Factory Setting

1 2
OFF

* In case of applying high voltage to the ON


terminal 1, 2 of TB2, the fuse (0.5A) on
the PCB, is cut. In such a case, firstly
connect the wiring to TB2, and then turn 1 2
on No.1 pin. OFF

< Only for JTHW Models > ■ JTHW 22~40 ■ JTHW 50~63
* No setting is required. Setting positions ON ON
before shipment are all OFF.
1 1 2
OFF OFF

* In case of applying high voltage to the ■ JTHW 22~40 ■ JTHW 50~63


terminal 1, 2 of TB2, the fuse on the PCB1 ON ON
is cut. In such a case, firstly correct the
wiring to TB2, and then turn on #1. 1 1 2
OFF OFF

g. Optional Function Setting

* In case of JTDL,JTDM,JTDH, Models ON


(DSW8) No setting is required.
Setting positions before shipment are all OFF.
1 2 3
OFF

* In case of JTKF Models (DSW9) ON


No setting is required.
Setting positions before shipment are all OFF.
1 2
OFF

7
1.1.3 Checking by 7-Segment Display

• Simple Checking by 7-Segment Display

1  Turn on All Indoor Units  All the Indoor Units Connected to the Outdoor Unit

2 Turn on the Outdoor Unit

3 Auto-addressing Starts During auto-addressing, the following items can be checked using the
outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display.
Outdoor Unit
(1) Disconnection of power supply to the indoor unit.
Printed
(2) Reverse connection of the operating line between the outdoor and
Circuit Board
indoor units.
PCB1
In this case, "03" appears after 30 seconds.
(3) Duplication of indoor unit number. See Alarm Code 35.

Normal
(1) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display is not indicated.
Case

(2) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display indicates as follows if there is something wrong.

(A) Alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment


when alarm is received from indoor unit in normal mode.
As for the following alarm codes, however, alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment when
alarm is detected by outdoor unit itself.
 Alarm Code “03” (Abnormal Transmission between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)

 Alarm Code “35” (Incorrect Indoor and Outdoor Unit No. Setting)

(B) Alarm code of smaller indoor unit address No. will be displayed when alarm is received from
multiple indoor units.

(C) The following 7-segment is displayed and flashed every 0.5 seconds.
SEG2 SEG1
Abnormal
Case

Alarm Code

(D) SEG1 and SEG2 are as follows.

7-Segment Display Dotted Indication Remarks

<In Case of Unit No. 63, Alarm Code “01”>

SEG2: Indoor Unit No. (0~63) SEG2


In case of
SEG1: Alarm Code 2-refrigerant cycle group,
indentify from SEG2
SEG2 SEG1
dotted indication.

In case of
“Setting Refrigerant Cycle Group +1”
Indoor Unit No. Alarm Code

8
1.1.4 Function Setting

7-Segment
No. Setting Item Display Contents
SEG2 SEG1
Circular at Heating Function 00 No setting
1 FA
Thermo-off 01 Indoor fan forced ON and OFF (2 min. ON / 6 min. OFF)
00 No Setting
2 Night-Shift ni
01 Setting of night-shift
00 No setting
Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient 01 For heating
3 GS
Temperature Limit 02 For cooling
03 For cooling/heating
Defrost for Cold Area 00 No setting
4 Jo
(Change of Defrost Condition) 01 Condition 2 of defrost operation
00 Indoor fan stop when heating operation is activated/during defrost operation
01 Indoor fan SLo operation during defrost operation
SLo (Fan Speed)
5 bJ 02 Indoor fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated
Defrost Setting
Fan operation when heating operation is activated/
03
Indoor fan SLo operation during defrost operation
00 Hot start control is available
6 Cancellation of Hot Start HT
01 Cancellation of hot start
00 No setting
01 Change of frequency maximum limit value
7 Priority Capacity Mode nU
02 Change of current limit value
03 Change of frequency maximum limit value and current limit value
00 Initial setting (Ps evaporation temperature targeted value 7oC)
01 Targeted value (2oC)
02 Targeted value (3oC)
03 Targeted value (4oC)
Compressor Frequency Control
8 Hc 04 Targeted value (5oC)
Target Value for Cooling
05 Targeted value (9oC)
06 Targeted value (10oC)
07 Targeted value (11oC)
08•09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
00 Initial setting (Ps targeted value 2.85MPa)
01 Targeted value (2.60MPa)
02 Targeted value (2.75MPa)
03 Targeted value (2.80MPa)
Compressor Frequency Control
9 Hh 04 Targeted value (2.82MPa)
Target Value for Heating
05 Targeted value (2.88MPa)
06 Targeted value (2.90MPa)
07 Targeted value (2.95MPa)
08•09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
00 Initial setting (SH targeted value +5oC)
01 SH Targeted value 7
Indoor Expansion Valve Control 02 SH Targeted value 6
10 SC
Target Value for Cooling 03 SH Targeted value 4
04 SH Targeted value 3
05~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
00 Initial setting (SC targeted value +5oC)
01 SC Targeted value 11
Indoor Expansion Valve Control 02 SC Targeted value 8
11 SH
Target Value for Heating 03 SC Targeted value 2
04 SC Targeted value -1
05~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
Indoor Expansion Valve 00 Initial setting (stoppage unit expansion valve opening (150~325 pulse))
Opening Change for 01 Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.6HP: 175 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 300 pulse
12 Si
Stoppage Indoor Unit 02 Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.6HP: 100 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 150 pulse
in Heating Mode 03~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
Indoor Expansion Valve 00 Thermo-OFF unit expansion valve opening (150~325 pulse)
Opening Change for 01 Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.6HP: 175 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 300 pulse
13 So
Thermo-OFF Indoor Unit 02 Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.6HP: 100 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 150 pulse
in Heating Mode 03~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)

9
7-Segment
No. Setting Item Display Contents
SEG2 SEG1
00 Initial setting (300~650PK)
01 2000 pulse
Indoor Expansion Valve 02 1400 pulse
14 Initial Opening of Thermo-ON ci
Indoor Unit in Heating Mode 03 1000 pulse
04 600 pulse
05~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
00 Initial setting
01 Cooling operation initial opening -2%
Fine Adjustment of 02 Cooling operation initial opening +1%
15 Indoor Expansion Valve cb
Initial Opening in Cooling Mode 03 Cooling operation initial opening +3%
04 Cooling operation initial opening +5%
05~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
00 Initial setting
01 Heating operation initial opening -2%
Fine Adjustment of 02 Heating operation initial opening +1%
16 Indoor Expansion Valve ch
Initial Opening in Heating Mode 03 Heating operation initial opening +3%
04 Heating operation initial opening +5%
05~09 Not prepared (If set, the setting item will be ignored by the control PCB.)
00 Initial setting
01 Fan rotation maximum limit 20 steps
02 Fan rotation maximum limit 18 steps
Low Noise Setting 03 Fan rotation maximum limit 16 steps
(In the case of low noise setting, 04 Frequency limit 1
17 db
cooling/heating operation range 05 Frequency limit 2
will be restricted.) 06 Frequency limit 3
07 Operation sound value, Catalog value-2dB
08 Operation sound value, Catalog value-5dB
09 Operation sound value, Catalog value-8dB
00 No demand control
01 Demand control 40%
02 Demand control 60%
18 Demand Function Setting dE
03 Demand control 70%
04 Demand control 80%
05 Demand control 100%
00 No wave function
01 Minimum limit 40%
19 Wave Function Setting UE 02 Minimum limit 60%
03 Minimum limit 70%
04 Minimum limit 80%
00 Initial setting
01 Outlet temperature > 10oC
20 Cold Draft Protection Fb
02 Outlet temperature > 12oC
03 Outlet temperature > 14oC
21 Not Prepared FT 00 -
Adjustment of Fan Rotation 00 Initial setting
22 (To avoid a whining sound for Fo 01 Change of fan rotation -15rpm
the multiple installation.) 02 Change of fan rotation -30rpm
23 Not Prepared LT 00 -
24 Not Prepared F1 00 -
25 Not Prepared F2 00 -
26 Not Prepared F3 00 -

10
1.1.5 Checking of Alarm Code History
Alarm code history is indicated in the following order while the check mode is displayed.
“no01” (latest) history data ~ “no15” (oldest) history data
Refer to the figure below as an example.
PSW1

PSW2(▲)

History is displayed up to 15 cases at the maximum


PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲) PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲) in alarm occurrence order.

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲) PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

Alarm
PSW2(▲) Accumulated time when alarm occurs.

PSW2(▲)

Select by PSW3( )

PSW3( ) Indication of Stoppage Cause


when menu mode is displayed.

PSW5( )
Item Contents

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
AC Alarm Code
d1. Retry Stoppage
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
c1. Micro Computer Reset

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
Alarm/Retry Code

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲) Item Contents


PSW4(▼) 10th Outdoor Unit No.
Seg2
1st Compressor/Fan Controller No.
Seg1 Alarm/Retry Code

Inverter Retry
PSW2(▲)

PSW3( )

PSW5( )

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

Indication of Stoppage Code


Item Contents Remarks
iT. ITC In case of ITC
FT. FTC In case of FTC

CT. 0 Constant Speed Comp.


0(A) Stoppage
CT. FF Constant Speed Comp.
Overcurrent
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
Other than above

Fan Controller
PSW2(▲)

PSW3( )

PSW5( )

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
PSW4(▼)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

11
(1) Register of Alarm Code History

Cause of Indication of Alarm Code History


Stoppage
(Alarm Code Contents Alarm Code Alarm Code
or Stoppage Time *Alarm O.U. Comp. or Stoppage
Code) Fan No. Code
Unit No. No.
02 Activation of protection device Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --

03 Abnormality transmitting between indoor units and outdoor units Accumulated Time AC. --

04 Abnormality transmitting between inverter PCB and outdoor PCB Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --

04. Abnormality transmitting between fan controller and outdoor PCB Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --

05 Abnormality of power source phase Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

06
Abnormality of inverter voltage
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC

d1-18 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC

06. Abnormality of fan controller voltage Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ FTC

07
Decrease in discharge gas superheat
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --

d1-16 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ --

08
Increase in discharge gas temperature at the top of compressor
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --

d1-15 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ --

0A Abnormality transmitting between outdoor units Accumulated Time AC. --

0b Incorrect outdoor unit address setting Accumulated Time AC. --

0c Incorrect outdoor main unit setting Accumulated Time AC. --

21 Abnormality of high pressure sensor Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

22 Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor air temperature Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

23
Abnormality of thermistor for discharge gas temp. on top of
compressor
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --
Thermistor Signal
24
Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger
liquid pipe (Te/Tchg)
Accumulated Time AC. ○ Te: E
Tchg: C
--

Thermistor Signal
25
Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger
gas pipe (Tg/TbG)
Accumulated Time AC. ○ TG: G
TbG: b
--

29 Abnormality of low pressure sensor Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

31 Incorrect capacity setting of indoor unit and outdoor unit Accumulated Time AC. --

35 Incorrect indoor unit No. setting Accumulated Time AC. --

36 Incorrect indoor unit combination Accumulated Time AC. --

38 Abnormality of picking up circuit for protection in outdoor unit Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

39
Abnormality of running current at constant speed compressor
Accumulated Time AC. ○ CT Detected


Value
d1-14 Accumulated Time d1.

3A Abnormality of outdoor unit capacity Accumulated Time AC. --

3b Incorrect setting of outdoor unit model combination or voltage Accumulated Time AC. --

3d Abnormality transmitting between main unit and sub unit(s) Accumulated Time AC. --

* (Details of Alarm)
AC.: Alarm
d1.: Retry
Ci.: Control Information
iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code
FTC: Fan Controller Stoppage Code

12
Cause of Indication of Alarm Code History
Stoppage
(Alarm Code Contents Alarm Code Alarm Code
or Stoppage Time * Alarm O.U. Comp. or Stoppage
Code) Fan No. Code
Unit No. No.
43
Abnormality of low compression ratio
Accumulated Time ○ --

d1-11 Accumulated Time d1. ○ --

44
Abnormality of low-pressure increase
Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

d1-12 Accumulated Time d1. ○ --

45
Abnormality of high-pressure increase
Accumulated Time AC. ○ --

d1-13 Accumulated Time d1. ○ --

47
Activation of low-pressure decrease protection device
Accumulated Time AC. ○ --


(Vacuum operation protection)
d1-15 Accumulated Time d1. --

48
Activation of inverter overcurrent protection device
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC

d1-17 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC

51
Abnormality of inverter current sensor
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC

d1-17 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC

53
Inverter error signal detection
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC

d1-17 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC

54
Abnormality of inverter fin temperature
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC

d1-17 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC

55
Inverter failure
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC

d1-17 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC

57 Activation of fan controller protection device Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ FTC

b5 Incorrect setting of indoor unit connection number Accumulated Time AC. --

EE Compressor protection alarm Accumulated Time AC. --

d1-05 Instantaneous power failure Accumulated Time di. --

d1-18 Abnormality of inverter and other Accumulated Time di. iTC

d1-26 Abnormality of high pressure decrease Accumulated Time di. --

d1-32 Retry stoppage by indoor unit auto address setting Accumulated Time di. --

Micro-computer reset by abnormality of inverter transmission Accumulated Time Ci. 1

Micro-computer reset by abnormality of fan controller transmission Accumulated Time Ci. 2


Control
Micro-computer reset by abnormality of indoor unit transmission Accumulated Time Ci. 3
Information
Micro-computer reset by abnormality transmitting between outdoor
Accumulated Time Ci. 4
unit and outdoor unit
Micro-computer reset for abnormality of control state Accumulated Time Ci. 6

* (Details of Alarm)
AC.: Alarm
d1.: Retry
Ci.: Control Information
iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code
FTC: Fan Controller Stoppage Code

13
(2) Deletion of Alarm Code History
Press PSW1 and PSW3 for 5 seconds to clear the alarm code history while the history data is
displayed. (All history can be deleted.)

PSW2(▲)
In order to delete all the history,
PSW3( )
press PSW1 and PSW3 ( )


PSW5( ) for 5 seconds


PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲) PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲) while history is displayed.

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)

PSW4(▼)

14
1.1.6 Emergency Operation

(1) Emergency Mode Operation from Remote Control Switch (20HP to 54HP Only)
If compressor is failed, emergency operation mode is available by the remote control switch.
Even if the compressor is failed, the air conditioning operation is continuously available until the
troubleshooting is performed.

Failed Outdoor Unit


* In case of following alarm code, emergency
operation is available.
(1) Inverter Compressor Failure
06: Abnormality of Inverter Voltage
23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor Compressor

x
48: Activation of Overcurrent Protection Device Compressor
51: Abnormality of Inverter Current Sensor Compressor
53: Inverter Error Signal Detection
54: Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
(2) Constant Speed Compressor Failure
23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor
39: Abnormality of Running Current at
Constant Speed Compressor

Even if one unit is failed, the others can operate continuously. 2

(a) Procedure
<In case of JCWA11NEWQ>
By pressing “TEMP.” for 3 seconds simultaneously, emergency mode operation starts.
“EMG” can be displayed on the LCD during this operation.

JCWA11NEWQ

(b) Operation Condition Press " TEMP. V "


This emergency operation is NOT applicable simultaneously
for 3 seconds.
to all the compressors mounted in the failed
outdoor unit.
[EMG] is indicated on the LCD at
the remote control switch and the
emergency operation starts.

Emergency Operation Indication

NOTES:
• Emergency operation is available only when all the indoor unit and remote control to be connected are
for H-LINK II.
• Emergency operation is available only for when the alarm codes above (*) are indicated.
• The emergency operation is not available for the failures of inverter PCB or fan controller.
• This emergency operation is not a normal operation but a temporary operation until the service people
comes. If the alarm is indicated again during the emergency operation, the alarm cannot be canceled.
• Do not perform emergency operation more than 8 hours. If not, the unit may be damaged.

15
(2) Emergency Mode Operation from Outdoor Unit PCB for Inverter Compressor Failure
14HP to 18HP Only)
This operation is an emergency operation by the constant speed compressor when the inverter
compressor is failed.

<Alarms Corresponding to Inverter Compressor Failure>


04: Abnormality Transmitting between inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB
06: Abnormality of Inverter Voltage
23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor
48: Activation of Overcurrent Protection Device
51: Abnormality of Inverter Current Sensor
53: Inverter Error Signal Detection
54: Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature

(a) Procedure
1. Turn OFF all the main switches of outdoor and indoor units.
2. Check the inverter PCB. If inverter PCB is faulty, disconnect the wiring (U, V, W) of diode
module.
(Insulate the disconnected terminals.)
3. Turn ON DSW5-No.1 of outdoor unit PCB1.
4. Turn ON the power supply.
5. Start the operation by remote control switch.

Turn the DSW5-No.1 or No.2 ON to stop the compressor operation.


(When 2 compressors are stopped simultaneously, d1-30 is indicated on 7-segment display.)

(DSW5)
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW5 Compressor
1 Inverter Compressor
2 Constant Speed Compressor 1

<Outdoor Unit PCB1>

16
(3) Emergency Mode Operation from Outdoor Unit PCB for Constant Speed Compressor Failure
14HP to 18HP Only)
This operation is an emergency operation by the other compressor when the constant speed
compressor is failed.

<Alarms Corresponding to Constant Speed Compressor Failure>


23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor
39: Abnormality of Running Current at Constant Speed Compressor

(a) Procedure
1. Turn OFF all the main switches of outdoor and indoor units.
2. Turn ON DSW5 of outdoor PCB1 for the failure constant speed compressor.
3. Turn ON the power supply.
4. Start the operation by remote control switch.

(DSW5)
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

<Outdoor Unit PCB1>

(b) Operation Condition


• Td Thermistor
Td thermistor on the failure constant speed compressor is ignored by setting DSW5.
If the thermistor is short-circuited, this operation is available.

NOTES:
• Measure the insulation resistance of constant speed compressor.
Do not perform the emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0W
Other compressor may be damaged because there is a possibility that refrigerant oil may be oxidized.
• In this emergency operation, compressor frequency cannot be controlled normally.
Therefore, alarm code "07", "43", "44", "45", or "47" may be indicated on LCD.
• This emergency operation may not provide sufficient cooling and heating capacity.
• This operation is an emergency and temporary operation when the constant speed compressor is
damaged. Therefore, change the new one as soon as possible.
• Turn OFF DSW5 on outdoor PCB1 after replacing the compressor.
If this setting is not performed, the constant speed compressor will be damaged.

17
(4) Emergency Mode Operation from Outdoor Unit PCB for Compressor Failure
20HP to 54HP Only)
Turn DSW5-No.1 or No.2 ON to stop the compressor operation. If set, all the compressors in the
failed outdoor unit will NOT be operated.

Set control PCB1 in the failed outdoor unit.

Failed Outdoor Unit


(DSW5)
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6
Compressor
<Outdoor Unit PCB1>

x
Compressor

Compressor

DSW5 Compressor
1 Inverter Compressor
2 Constant Speed Compressor 1

Even if one unit is failed, the others can operate continuously. 2

NOTE:
Fully close the stop valves (gas/liquid) in the failed outdoor unit.

• Operation Condition
< Indoor Unit Operation Capacity >
The compressor is forced to stop for compressor protection under the following condition:
Total Capacity of Thermo ON I.U. < 50% of O.U. Capacity and
Total Capacity of Thermo ON I.U. < 10HP
(A lack of thermo ON indoor unit may lead a constant speed compressor failure
because the compressor is operated and stopped repeatedly.)

NOTES:
• Measure the insulation resistance of inverter compressor.
Do not perform the emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0W
Other compressor may be damaged because there is a possibility that refrigerant oil may be oxidized.
• Total operating capacity of indoor unit should be 10HP and over.
(Less than 10HP: Forced stoppage)
• In this emergency operation, compressor frequency cannot be controlled normally.
Therefore, alarm code "07", "43", "44", "45" or "47" may be indicated on LCD.
• This emergency operation may not provide sufficient cooling and heating capacity.
• This operation is an emergency but a temporary operation when the inverter compressor is damaged.
Therefore, change the new one as soon as possible.
• Turn OFF DSW5-No.1 of outdoor PCB1 after replacing the compressor.
If this setting is not performed, the inverter compressor will be damaged.

18
1.1.7 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Remote Control Switch
● Lights and LCD are not Indicated.
● Not Operated
If fuses are melted or a breaker is activated, investigate the cause of over current and take
necessary action.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Measure voltage
Power Failure or Power is Not ON by volt-meter. Supply power.

Check for any Remove the cause


Short Circuit Supplied
uncovered part of wires. of short-circuit and
between Wires
replace the fuse.

Remove the cause


Short Circuit of Measure insulation
of short-circuit and
Melted Fuse or Wires to Earth resistance.
replace the fuse.
Activation of
Breaker at
Power Source Measure resistance Replace the AC
Failure of Indoor Unit
between wires and chopper for indoor fan,
Fan Motor
insulation resistance. fan motor and fuse.

Replace the AC
Failure of AC Chopper
chopper for indoor
for Indoor Fan
fan and fuse.

Remove the cause


Short Circuit Supplied Check for any
of short-circuit and
between Wires uncovered part of wires.
replace the fuse.

Measure insulation Remove the cause


Short Circuit of
resistance. of short-circuit and
Control Circuit to Earth
Melted Fuse replace the fuse.
at Control
Circuit Measure resistance Replace the AC
Failure of Indoor Unit
between wiring and chopper for indoor fan,
Fan Motor
insulation resistance. fan motor and fuse.

Replace the AC
Failure of AC Chopper
chopper for indoor
for Indoor Fan
fan and fuse.

Measure voltage
Failure of Transformer at Indoor Unit Side at secondary side. Replace the transformer.

Replace cable or
Disconnected Cable of Remote Control Switch Connect the cable. repair it.

Insufficient Connection
or Incorrect Connection
Insufficient of Indoor Unit PCB
Contacting at
Connectors of Check connectors. Correctly connect it.
Remote Control Insufficient Connection
Switch or Incorrect Connection
of PCB in Remote
Control Switch

19
(1.1.7 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Remote Control Switch)

Check it by Replace remote


Failure of Remote Control Switch
self-checking mode *1). control switch if failed.

Unconnected Wires Correctly connect


to PCB Check connectors. wires.
Failure of PCB
Check it by
Failure of PCB Replace PCB if failed.
self-checking mode *2).

Take action according to the procedure


Incorrect Wiring Connection indicated in "TEST RUN".

*1): Refer to Item 1.3.2.


*2): Refer to Item 1.3.1.

1.1.8 Abnormal Transmission between Remote Control Switch and Indoor Unit
● “RUN” Lamp on Remote Control Switch:
Flashing every 2 seconds

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Disconnection or Insufficient Contacting of Check cable and Repair cable or


Remote Control Cable connections. connect it.

Incorrect Wiring Connection Check wiring and


connections. Repairing
(Incorrect Polarity)

Check it by Replace it if remote


Failure of Remote Control Switch
self-checking mode *1). control switch is faulty.

Disconnected Wire Correctly connect


to PCB Check connectors.
Failure of PCB wires.
(in Indoor Unit
and Remote
Control Switch) Check it by
Failure of PCB Replace PCB if failed.
self-checking mode *2).

*1): Refer to Item 1.3.2.


*2): Refer to Item 1.3.1.

20
1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices
In the case that no abnormality (Alarm Code) is indicated on the remote control switch, and normal
operation is not available, take necessary action according to the procedures mentioned below.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Disconnected Measure coil


Failure of Coil resistance by tester.
Replace indoor unit
Indoor Unit
fan motor.
Fan Motor Burnt-Out Measure insulation
Coil resistance.

Disconnected Measure coil


Failure of Coil resistance by tester.
Replace outdoor unit
Outdoor Unit
fan motor.
"RUN" light is Fan Motor Burnt-Out Measure insulation
ON and LCD Coil resistance.
is indicated.
However, the
system does
not operated. Measure resistance
Failure of Comp. Motor
between two wires.
(ex. Replace compressor.
The indoor,
outdoor fans Check for abnormal
Failure of Comp.
or compressor sound from comp.
does not
operate.)
Failure of
Check magnetic
Magnetic Insufficient Replace magnetic
switch activates
Switch for Contacting switch.
correctly or not.
Comp.

Failure of Disconnected
Correctly connect
One of PCBs Wiring to Check connections.
wiring.
for PCB
outdoor unit,
indoor unit, Failure of Check PCB by Replace PCB
remote
control switch PCB self-checking *1). if failed.

Failure of
Failure of Thermistor
Check it by
Air Inlet
Check Mode *2).
The Comp. Thermistor Disconnection Replace or correctly
does not Stop of Thermistor connect wires if
or Start even abnormality exists.
if the Setting
temperature Abnormality of Remote
on LCD is Check it by Test Run.
Control Switch Cord
Changed *3)

Check it by Replace PCB if


Failure of Indoor Unit PCB
self-checking *1). failed.

21
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check Setting Condition


of "Thermistor of
Remote Control Switch"
by Optional Setting
* Setting and Control
"00": Control by Indoor
Thermistor for
Suction Air In case that
Incorrect Optional "01": Control by thermistor of remote
Setting Thermistor of control switch is not
Remote Control used, set at "00".
The Comp. Switch
does not Stop "02": Control by
or Start even Average Value of
if the Setting Indoor Thermistor
temperature for Suction Air
on LCD is and Thermistor of
Changed *3) Remote Control
Switch

Check Setting Condition


of "i1" and "i2" by In case that room
Input/Output Setting thermostat is not
Incorrect * Setting and Control used, set for input
Input/Output Setting "01": Room Thermostat signal actually used.
(Cooling) If no signal is used,
"02": Room Thermostat set at "00".
(Heating)

*1): Refer to Item 1.3.1.


*2): Refer to Item 1.2.3.
*3): Even if controllers are normal, the compressor does not operate under the following conditions.
* Indoor Air Temp. is lower than 19°C or Outdoor Air Temp. is lower than -5°C during cooling operation.
* Indoor Air Temp. is higher than 30°C or Outdoor Air Temp. is higher than 23°C during heating operation.
* When a cooling (or heating) operation signal is given to the outdoor unit and a different mode as heating
(or cooling) operation signal is given to indoor units.
* When demand signal or emergency stop signal is given to outdoor unit.

22
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Failure of
Failure of Thermistor Replace or correctly
Discharge Check thermistor by
connect wiring when
Air Temp. Disconnected self-checking *2).
it is abnormal.
Thermistor Wire of
Thermistor

Indoor Fan Failure of Remote


Replace if failed.
Speed is Control Switch
Not Changed Check it by
self-checking *1).
Failure of PCB for Replace if PCB
Indoor Unit is failed.

Check the indoor unit


Failure of AC Chopper stoppage when the Replace if AC
for Indoor Unit remote control switch Chopper is failed.
is switched OFF.

Failure of Failure of
Thermistor Thermistor Replace or connect
for Outdoor
correctly when it is
Evaporating Disconnected abnormal.
Temp. during Wire of
Heating Thermistor

Disconnected
Measure resistance
Reversing
of coil.
Failure of Valve Coil
Reversing Incorrect Replace reversing valve.
Valve Activation of
Enforced power supply.
No Defrosting Reversing
Operation Mode Valve
is Available
during Heating Disconnected Control Wires
Correctly connect
Operation or between Indoor Unit and Check connectors.
wiring.
Defrosting Outdoor Unit
Operation is
Continued
Disconnected Correctly connect
Check connectors.
Failure of Wires to PCB wiring.
Outdoor Unit
PCB Failure of Check it by Replace it when check
PCB self-checking *1). mode is not available.

Disconnected Correctly connect


Check connectors.
Failure of Wires to PCB wiring.
Indoor Unit
PCB Failure of
PCB

Check PCB by
Light and Replace if PCB is failed.
self-checking *1).
LCD Indication
Failure of PCB in Indoor Unit
on Remote
or Remote Control Switch
Control Switch
are Kept ON

*1): Refer to Item 1.3.1 to 1.3.2.


*2): Refer to Item 1.2.3.

23
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Indoor Heat Load is Greater


Calculate heat load. Use a bigger unit.
than Cooling Capacity

Gas Leakage Correctly charge


or Shortage Measure superheat. refrigerant after
of Refrigerant repairing gas leakage.
Excessively
Small
Measure and check
Diameter Use correct pipes.
field-supplied pipes.
Tube or
Long Piping
Incorrect
Activation of Check whether or not
Replace check valve
Check Valve temp. difference exists
for outdoor unit.
of Outdoor before/after check valve.
Unit

Check for clogging. Remove clogging.

Check for connection


Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Malfunction Is there operation
Replace coil.
Insufficient of Electronic sound from coil?
Cooling Expansion
Operation Excessively Valve
Is thermistor on
Low Suction Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Pressure
Is thermistor
installed correctly on Correctly install it.
compressor?

Clogged
Strainer in
Indoor Unit Check temp. difference
Replace strainer in
Clogging at at inlet and outlet of
indoor unit.
Low Pressure strainer.
Piping

Clogging at
Low Pressure Check temp. difference. Remove clogging.
Piping

Insufficient Check for clogged


Clean air filter.
Air Flow to air filter.
Indoor Unit
Heat Check for obstacle at
Exchanger Remove obstacles.
inlet or outlet.

Excessively Insufficient revolution


Low Air Replace fan motor.
of indoor unit fan motor?
Temp. to
Indoor Unit
Heat Check Short-circuited Remove cause of
Exchanger indoor unit air. short-circuited air.

24
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check Clogging of
Outdoor Unit Remove clogging.
Heat Exchanger.
Obstacles at inlet or
Insufficient outlet of outdoor unit Remove obstacles.
Air Flow to heat exchanger?
Outdoor Unit
Heat Is service space for
Exchanger Secure service space.
outdoor unit sufficient?

Correct Fan Speed? Replace fan motor.

Excessively Short-Circuited Air Remove cause of


High Air to Outdoor Unit? short-circuited air.
Temp. to
Outdoor Unit
Heat Any Other Heat Load
Remove heat source.
Exchanger near Outdoor Unit?

Excessively Check expansion valve Correctly charge


Excessively Charged opening. refrigerant.
High Refrigerant
Discharge Non-
Pressure Check each temp. Charge refrigerant
Condensed
and pressure. after vacuum pumping.
Gas in Cycle
Clogging of
Discharge Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Piping

Insufficient
Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Cooling
Operation
Check for connecting
Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Malfunction Is there operation
Replace coil.
of Expansion sound from coil?
Valve
Is thermistor on
Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?

Is thermistor installed
correctly on Correctly install it.
compressor?

Check temp. difference


Malfunction or Internal
at inlet and outlet of Replace reversing valve.
Leakage of Reversing Valve
reversing valve.

Failure of
Bypass Check for leakage of
Replace solenoid valve.
Solenoid solenoid valve.
Excessively Valve
Low Suction Malfunction
Pressure or Internal Check temp. difference
Leakage of between inlet and Replace reversing valve.
Reversing outlet of reversing valve.
Valve

Check for expansion Replace failed


Discharge Temp. of
valve of indoor unit in expansion valve of
Indoor Unit is Unstable.
the same system. indoor unit.

25
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Indoor Heat Load is Greater Replace the unit with


Calculate heat load.
than Heating Capacity a bigger unit.

Gas Leakage Correctly charge


or Insufficient refrigerant after gas
Measure superheat.
Refrigerant leakage check and
Charge repairing.
Excessively
Small Measure field-supplied Use specified pipes.
Diameter or piping.
Long Piping

Check for clogging. Remove clogging.

Check for connecting


Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Malfunction Is there operation
Replace coil.
of Electronic sound from coil?
Expansion
Valve
Is thermistor on
Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?

Is thermistor
installed correctly Correctly install it.
on compressor?
Insufficient
Clogging of
Heating Check temp. difference Replace strainer for
Excessively Indoor Unit/
Operation between inlet and outlet outdoor unit or indoor
Low Outdoor Unit
of strainer. unit.
Suction Strainer
Pressure
Clogging
Check temp. difference
of Suction Remove clogging.
of each part.
Piping

Is outdoor unit heat Remove clogging.


exchanger clogged?

Insufficient Is there any obstacles


Air Flow at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
through outdoor unit?
Outdoor Unit
Heat Is service space for Secure sufficient
Exchanger outdoor unit sufficient? service space.

Check for speed of Replace fan motor.


outdoor unit fan.

Excessively
Low
Air Temp. Check for any Remove cause of
through short-circuited air short-circuited air.
Outdoor Unit to outdoor unit.
Heat
Exchanger
Defrosting is
Check thermistor for Replace thermistor
Insufficiently
defrosting. for defrosting.
Completed

26
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check for filter clogging. Remove clogging.


Insufficient
Air Flow to Check for any obstacles
Indoor Unit at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
Heat indoor unit.
Exchanger
Check indoor fan speed. Replace fan motor.

Excessively
High Air
Excessively Temp. to Check whether or not Remove cause of
High Indoor Unit short-circuited air exists. short-circuited air.
Discharge Heat
Pressure Exchanger
Excessively
Check expansion valve Correctly charge
Charged
opening. refrigerant.
Refrigerant
Non-
Condensate Check refrigerant Recharge refrigerant
Gas in Ref. quantity. after vacuum pumping.
Insufficient Cycle
Heating Clogging of
Operation Discharge Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Pr. Piping

Check temp. difference


Malfunction or Internal
between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Leakage of Reversing Valve
of reversing valve.

Check temp. difference


Malfunction of Check Valve
between inlet and outlet Replace check valve.
of Outdoor Unit
of check valve.

Failure of
Bypass Check for leakage of
Replace solenoid valve.
Solenoid solenoid valve.
Excessively Valve
High Suction Malfunction
Pressure or Internal Check temp. difference
Leakage of between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Reversing of reversing valve.
Valve

Check for expansion Replace failed


Discharge Temp. of
valve of indoor unit expansion valve of
Indoor Unit is Unstable.
in the same system. indoor unit.

27
(1.1.9 Abnormalities of Devices)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Foreign Particles Inside Remove foreign


Check it by viewing.
of Fan Casing particles.

Indoor Unit Fan Runner Adjust position of


Check it by viewing.
is Hitting Casing fan runner.

Outdoor Unit Propeller Fan Adjust position of


Check it by viewing.
is Hitting Shroud propeller fan.

Faulty Check each part is


Tightly fix it.
Installation tightly fixed.
Cooling or
Heating
Operation Liquid Ref. Check expansion valve
Ensure superheat.
with Compression opening.
Abnormal Abnormal
Sound Sound from Wear or
Compressor Breakage of Abnormal Sound from
Replace compressor.
Internal Inside of Compressor
Comp. Parts
No Heating
Check resistance. Replace crankcase
by Crankcase
(Crankcase Heater, Fuse) heater or fuse.
Heater

Hamming Sound from Check surface of Replace magnetic


Magnetic Contactor contacts. switch.

Abnormal Vibration of Check each fixing


Tightly fix it.
Cabinets screws.

Obstacle at Outdoor Fan Check obstacles. Remove obstacles.


Outdoor Fan
is Not Operated
When
Compressor In case that
Wait for switching of
is Operated Watching Condition for reversing Valve is not
reversing Valve.
Heating Operation switched, check for
(1 to 3 minutes)
insufficient refrigerant.

Discharge Pressure Does


Not Increase Higher than Check operation
Add refrigerant.
1.5MPa due to insufficient pressure.
Indoor Fan refrigerant.
is Not Operated
When Disconnected Wiring for Connect wiring
Check wiring.
Compressor Indoor Fan correctly.
is Operated

Failure of AC Chopper Check AC chopper. Replace AC chopper.

28
1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure
● Alarm Code Indication of Remote Control Switch
Indoor Unit Alarm Code Model Code Connected No. Alarm Code
Number of Indoor Units

COOL MED COOL MED


ADDS. RN
Indicated
A/C A/C
ABNML for a second ABNML

alternately

1.2.1 Alarm Code Table

Code Category Content of Abnormality Leading Cause

Activation of Float Switch


01 Indoor Unit Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch) (High Water Level in Drain Pan,
Abnormality of Drain Pipe, Float Switch or Drain Pan)

Activation of Protection Device Activation of PSH (Pipe Clogging, Excessive


02 Outdoor Unit
(High Pressure Cut) Refrigerant, Inert Gas Mixing)
Incorrect Wiring, Loose Terminals, Disconnect Wire,
03 Abnormality between Indoor and Outdoor Blowout of Fuse, Outdoor Unit Power OFF
Inverter PCB - Outdoor PCB Transmission Failure
04 Transmission Abnormality between Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB (Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blowout of Fuse)
Fan Controller - Outdoor PCB Transmission Failure
04. Abnormality between Fan Controller and Outdoor PCB
(Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blowout of Fuse)
Incorrect Power Source, Connection to
05 Supply Phase Abnormality Power Source Phases
Reversed Phase, Open-Phase

06 Abnormal Inverter Voltage Outdoor Voltage Drop, Insufficient Power Capacity


Voltage
06. Abnormal Fan Controller Voltage Outdoor Voltage Drop, Insufficient Power Capacity

Excessive Refrigerant Charge, Failure of Thermistor,


Incorrect Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection,
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
Expansion Valve Locking at Opened Position
(Disconnect Connector)
Cycle
Insufficient Refrigerant Charge, Pipe Clogging,
Failure of Thermistor, Incorrect Wiring,
08 Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion Valve Locking
at Closed Position (Disconnect Connector)

0A Transmission Abnormality between Outdoor and Outdoor Incorrect Wiring, Breaking Wire, Loose Terminals

Duplication of Address Setting for Outdoor Units


0b Incorrect Outdoor Unit Address Setting
(Sub Units) in Same Refrigerant Cycle System
Outdoor Unit
0C Incorrect Outdoor Unit Main Unit Setting Two (or more) Outdoor Units Set as “Main Unit”
Exist in Same Refrigerant Cycle System
11 Inlet Air Thermistor
12 Sensor on Outlet Air Thermistor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring
13 Indoor Unit Freeze Protection Thermistor Breaking Wire, Short Circuit

14 Gas Piping Thermistor

19 Fan Motor Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Fan Motor Overheat, Locking

21 High Pressure Sensor

22 Outdoor Air Thermistor


23 Sensor on Discharge Gas Thermistor on Top of Compressor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring
24 Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe Thermistor Breaking Wire, Short Circuit

25 Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor


29 Low Pressure Sensor

29
Code Category Content of Abnormality Leading Cause
Incorrect Capacity Code Setting of Combination
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and Excessive or Insufficient Indoor Unit Total
31
Indoor Unit Capacity Code
System
35 Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit No. Duplication of Indoor Unit No. in same Ref. Gr.
36 Incorrect of Indoor Unit Combination Indoor Unit is Designed for R22
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection Failure of Protection Detecting Device
38 in Outdoor Unit (Incorrect Wiring of Outdoor PCB)
Overcurrent, Blowout Fuse, Current Sensor Failure,
Abnormality Running Current at
39 Compressor Instantaneous Power Failure, Voltage Drop,
Constant Speed Compressor
Abnormal Power Supply
3A Abnormality of Outdoor Unit Capacity Outdoor Unit Capacity > 54HP
Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Models Incorrect Setting of Main and Sub Unit(s)
3b Outdoor Unit Combination or Voltage
Combination or Voltage
Abnormality Transmission between Main Unit Incorrect Wiring, Disconnect Wire, Breaking Wire,
3d
and Sub Unit(s) PCB Failure
Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Defective Compression (Failure of Compressor
43 Device of Inverter, Loose Power Supply Connection)
Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Overload at Cooling, High Temperature at Heating,
44 Device Expansion Valve Locking (Loose Connector)
Protection Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Overload Operation (Clogging, Short-Pass), Pipe
45 Device Device Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert Gas Mixing
Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Insufficient Refrigerant, Refrigerant Piping, Clogging,
47 Device (Vacuum Operation Protection) Expansion Valve Locking at Open Position (Loose Connector)
48 Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device Overload Operation, Compressor Failure

51 Sensor Abnormal Inverter Current Sensor Current Sensor Failure

Inverter Error Signal Detection Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for
53 Overcurrent, Low Voltage, Short Circuit)
Inverter Abnormal Inverter Fin Thermistor,
54 Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor Failure
55 Inverter Failure Inverter PCB Failure
Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for Overcurrent,
57 Activation of Fan Controller Protection Low Voltage, Short Circuit), Instantaneous Overcurrent
Fin Thermistor Failure, Heat Exchanger Clogging,
5A Abnormality of Fan Controller Fin Temperature
Fan Fan Motor Failure
5b Controller Activation of Overcurrent Protection Fan Motor Failure
Failure of Current Sensor (Instantaneous Overcurrent,
5C Abnormality of Fan Controller Sensor Increase of Fin Temperature, Low Voltage, Earth Fault, Step-Out)
This alarm code appears when the following alarms*
Compressor Protection Alarm
EE Compressor occurs three times within 6 hours.
(It is can not be reset from remote Controller)
*02, 07, 08, 39, 43 to 45, 47
Outdoor Unit
b1 Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle No. Over 64 Number is Set for Address or Refrigerant Cycle.
No. Setting
Indoor Unit More than 17 Non-Corresponding to H-LINK II
b5 Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection Number Setting Units are Connected to One System.
No. Setting
2 or more CH Units are connected between
C1 Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection outdoor unit and indoor unit.

C2 CH Unit Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection No. Setting 9 or More Indoor Units Connected to CH Unit
The indoor units of different refrigerant cycle is
C3 Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection connected to CH unit.

30
1.2.2 Troubleshooting by Alarm Code

Alarm
Activation of Protection Device in Indoor Unit
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the contact between #1 and #2 of CN14 is not closed over 120 seconds
during the cooling, fan or heating operation.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

Is DC12V applied between #2 and GND No Activation of Safety Device


of CN14? (such as Float Switch FS) or
(CN14 is not mounted in JTHW type.) Incorrect Wiring

Yes
Example of JTDH,JTDM,JTDL Types

Faulty PCB
GND
THM1 THM2 THM3 THM4 THM5 CN1925

CN3 CN4 CN14

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

High Drain Clogging of Remove clogged


Check drain pan.
Level Drainage foreign particles.

Check continuity when Replace float switch


Fault
drain level is low. if faulty.
Activation of
Float Switch
Faulty Faulty Measure resistance Repair looseness and
Float Switch Contacting by tester. replace connector.

Faulty
Check connections. Repair connection.
Connection

Check PCB by
Faulty Indoor Unit PCB Replace it if faulty.
self-checking.

<Outdoor Unit PCB1 Display Indication>

Alarm Code
Indoor Unit No. for Failure

31
Alarm
Activation of Protection Device in Outdoor Unit
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when one of safety devices is activated during compressor running.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


Does CMC1 ON
when starting?
Yes No

Is the voltage between PCN2 #1 No (No Voltage)


and faston terminal "" on Faulty PCB1
PCB1 220V or 240V during LED ON?

No (No Looseness)
Yes Check Wiring Connection
Except for PCB1

Is the protective device


still operating? No Yes Restart after connecting
Is PCN2 or PCN16
No continuity between #1 PCN2 or PCN16 on
on PCB1 loosened?
and #3 of PCN2, PCN16 PCB1 correctly.
on PCB1.
Yes

Does CMC1 turn


ON for more than Faulty PCB1
3 seconds?
Yes

Normal PCB1

Check activation of the following safety devices. Remove the cause after checking.
High Pressure Switch (PSH): 4.15MPa

Check Item
Connector for
Connector for CMC1 Faston Terminal
Protection Device
380-415V/50Hz N1
PCN3 PCN2 or PCN16
220V/60Hz S1

High Pressure Switch


(Connector No.)
Model
PSH1 PSH2
(PCN2) (PCN16)
8~12HP -
14~18HP

32
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Clogging of Heat
Remove clogging.
Exchanger?

Check for dust on


Remove dust.
air filter.
Insufficient Air Flow to
Heat Exchanger
Check for any obstacles
(Outdoor Heat Exchanger
at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
during Cooling Operation
heat exchanger.
or Indoor Heat Exchanger
during Heating Operation)
Check the service
Secure service space.
space.

Check for speed.


Replace fan motor
Outdoor Fan: Cooling
if faulty.
Indoor Fan: Heating

Disconnected of Repair looseness or


Connector reconnect connector.
Expansion Valve Trouble
Fully closed and locked. Replace expansion
Activation of (See the item 1.3.3 (7)) valve.
High Pressure
Switch due to
Excessively
High Discharge Reduce heat load or
Calculate heat load.
Pressure use a bigger unit.

Check for hot air near


Make good circulation.
Excessively High Temp. the ceiling (at Heating).
Air to Indoor Unit
Heat Exchanger Check for short Remove
circuited air (at Heating). short-circuited air.

Check for other


Remove heat source.
heat source.

Measure discharge
Faulty
pressure.
Pressure Replace it if faulty.
Check continuity after
Switch
decreasing of pressure.
Faulty High
Pressure Insufficient Measure resistance Repair looseness.
Switch Contacting by tester. Replace connector.

Incorrect
Check connections. Repair connections.
Connection

33
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check for clogging. Remove clogging.

Check connecting
Replace connector.
wiring and connectors.

Faulty or Malfunction of Check operating sound


Replace coil.
Expansion Valve from coil.

Check discharge gas


Replace thermistor.
thermistor.

Check attaching
state of discharge Reattach thermistor.
gas thermistor.
Activation of
High Pressure Faulty Solenoid Valve Check for clogging. Replace solenoid valve.
Switch due to
Excessively
High Discharge
Pressure Check cycle operating
Charge refrigerant
Overcharged Refrigerant temp. and expansion
correctly.
valve opening.

Mixture of Non-Condensable Check ambient temp. Recharge refrigerant


Gas in Refrigerant Cycle and pressure. after vacuum pumping.

Clogging of Discharge Piping Check for clogging. Remove clogging.

Liquid Line Stop Valve or


Gas Line Stop Valve are Check stop valves. Fully open stop valve.
not in Operation

Clogging of Check Valve Check for clogging. Replace check valve.

34
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, or
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when abnormality is maintained for 3 minutes after normal transmitting between
indoor units and outdoor unit, and also abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds after the micro-
computer is automatically reset.
The alarm is indicated when the abnormal transmitting is maintained for 30 seconds from starting of
the outdoor unit.
★ Investigate the cause of overcurrent and take necessary action when fuses are melted or the breakers
for the outdoor unit are activated.

35
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
Is DSW10-1P No
(Terminating Resistance) Set it correctly.
on PCB1 ON?
Yes
No Is the voltage No Check the fuses of
Is LED1 (red) between faston terminal
outdoor unit power
on PCB1 ON? "R1" and "" of PCB1
supply.
220V or 240V?
Yes
Yes
Remove terminals of
#1 and #2 on TB2. *1) Yes
Is the fuse for
Replace fuse.
PCB1 melted?
Outdoor
Yes No Unit
Is LED3 (yellow)
on PCB1 ON?

No

Faulty PCB1
Is LED3 (yellow) No
on PCB1 flashing
more than once in
10 seconds?
Yes

Connect terminals of
#1 and #2 on TB2.

No
Is PCB setting
Non-pole operating. Set it correctly.

Yes
Yes Is LED3 (yellow) Yes
Is LED3 (yellow)
ON even if #1 and #2 Faulty PCB.
on PCB ON?
on TB2 is removed?
No
No
Check other indoor units.

No Check wiring between


Is LED3 (yellow) on
outdoor unit and indoor
PCB flashing more than
units or fuse (EF1) for
once in 10 seconds.
PCB. Indoor
Yes Unit

Does refrigerant system


setting between No
DSW1, RSW1 on PCB1 Set it correctly.
and DSW5, RSW2 on
PCB correspond?
Yes
No
Does Alarm occur with
Faulty PCB.
all indoor units?
Yes

Faulty PCB1.

*1): In case that terminating resistance (DSW10-1P) is OFF when H-LINK Connection is performed.
Set the terminating resistance to ON when #1 and #2 on TB2 is removed.
Set the terminating resistance to OFF when #1 and #2 on TB2 is reconnected.

Check Item
Power Supply Faston Terminal
380-415V/50Hz N1
220V/60Hz S1

36
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Measure voltage by
Power Failure or No Power Supply Supply power.
tester.

Check for breakage Remove short circuit


Short Circuit between Wires
of insulation. and replace fuse.

Melted Fuse for Short Circuited Wire Measure insulation Remove short circuit to
Power Source to Ground resistance. ground and replace fuse.
or Activation of
Outdoor Unit Measure resistance
Replace comp. and
Breaker Faulty Comp. Motor between wires and
fuse.
insulation resistance.

Measure resistance
Faulty Outdoor Unit Replace outdoor unit
between wires and
Fan Motor fan motor and fuse.
insulation resistance.

Check for breakage Remove short circuit


Short Circuit between Wires
of insulation. and replace fuse.

Short Circuit of Control Measure insulation Remove short circuit


Circuit (to Ground) resistance. and replace fuse.
Melted Fuse for
Control Circuit Faulty Solenoid Coil for
or Activation of Measure resistance Replace magnetic
Magnetic Switch for Comp.
Outdoor Unit of coil. switch and fuse.
Motor
Breaker
Measure resistance Replace the fan motor
Failure of Outdoor Unit
between wires and and fuse.
Fan Motor
insulation resistance.

Failure of Fan Module


for Outdoor Fan Replace the fan module.

PCB1 Power Circuit Failure Measure PCB1


Replace PCB1.
output voltage. *1)

Disconnected Between Outdoor Unit Check continuity of


and Indoor Unit Replacing wires,
Wires Insufficient wires.
repairing, tightening
Contacting or Check for looseness
screws and correct
Incorrect of connection screws.
Power Source Wiring wiring.
Connection Check terminal Nos.
for Outdoor Unit

Disconnected Wires to PCB Check connections. Correctly connect wires.


Faulty PCB
(Outdoor Unit,
Indoor Unit)
Faulty PCB Replace it if faulty.

Check continuity Replacing Wires,


Disconnected Wire
and looseness of Repairing and
Insufficient Contacting
connection screws. Tightening Screws
Incorrect Wiring

Incorrect Wiring Check terminal Nos. Correctly connect wires.

Check for unit number Set unit number


Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Number setting of RSW on correctly by RSW on
Indoor PCB Indoor PCB.
*1): 12VDC between VCC12 and GND2, 5VDC between VCC05 and GND1,
12VDC between VCC12 and GND1, 15VDC between VCC15 and GND1,
24VDC between VCC24 and GND1, 12VDC between VCC12T and GND1

37
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds after normal transmitting
between the outdoor unit PCB1 and PCB2, and also abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds after
the micro-computer is automatically reset. The alarm is indicated when the abnormal transmitting is
maintained for 30 seconds from starting of the outdoor unit.

No PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


Is LED2 (green) on Disconnect CN14 PCB2: Inverter PCB
PCB1 flashing? of PCB1.

Yes

Check the wiring Yes


Is LED2 (green) on
between PCB1 and Check PCB2. *1)
PCB1 flashing?
PCB2.
No

Check PCB2. Faulty PCB1. <Outdoor Unit PCB1 Display Indication>


Abnormal Transmitting
of Inverter

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Disconnected Between PCB1 and Check continuity of


PCB2 Replacing wires,
Wires, Insufficient wires.
repairing, tightening
Contacting or Check for looseness
screws and incorrect
Incorrect Power Source Wiring of connection screws.
wiring.
Connection for Outdoor Unit Check connection No.

Disconnected Wires Repair wiring


Check connections.
Faulty PCB to PCB connections.
PCB1 and PCB2
Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.

Check conductivity Replace power fuse,


Faulty Electrical Melted Power Fuse of power fuse, power power transistor, and
Components transistor, diode module. diode module.
Power Fuse, Disconnected Check resistance of
Resistance Replace incoming
Incoming Current Limit incoming current limit
current limit resistance.
Resistance resistance.

Check continuity. Replacing Wires,


Disconnected Wires
Check for looseness Repairing and
Insufficient Contacting
of connection screws. Tightening Screws
Incorrect Wiring
Incorrect Wiring Correctly Connect
Check connection Nos.
Wires

38
*1): When the unit is applied the excessive surge current due to lighting or other causes, this alarm code “04” or the
inverter stoppage code (IT) “11” will be indicated and the unit can not be operated. In this case, check to ensure
the surge absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the
inner surface of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for PCB2’s LED201 (red) OFF
(approx. 5 min.) and turn ON again.

< Position of Surge Absorber >

Surge Absorber (SA)


(Surge Arrester)
NF1
E
OUT
IN
N N' T
W

L3'
L3 V S

L2'
L2 U
E R

Surge Absorber (SA)


L1 L1'

(220V)

NF2

Lot E

Surge Absorber (SA)


(Surge Arrester)

(380-415V)

39
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Fan Controller and Outdoor PCB
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds after normal transmitting
between the outdoor unit PCB1 and fan controller, and also abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds
after the micro-computer is automatically reset. The alarm is indicated when the abnormal transmitting
is maintained for 30 seconds from starting of the outdoor unit.

No PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


Is LED2 (green) on Disconnect CN14 PCB2: Inverter PCB
PCB1 flashing? of PCB1.

Yes

Check the wiring Yes


Is LED2 (green) on Check
between PCB1, PCB2
PCB1 flashing? Fan Controller. *1)
and Fan Controller.
No

Check Fan Controller. Faulty PCB1. <Outdoor Unit PCB1 Display Indication>
Abnormal Transmitting
of Fan Controller

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Disconnected Between PCB1, PCB2 Check continuity of


and Fan Controller Replacing wires,
Wires, Insufficient wires.
repairing, tightening
Contacting or Check for looseness
screws and incorrect
Incorrect Power Source Wiring of connection screws.
wiring.
Connection for Outdoor Unit Check connection No.

Disconnected Wires Repair wiring


Check connections.
to PCB connections.

Faulty PCB
Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
PCB1 and PCB2
Fan Controller
Melted Fuse Check conductivity Replace
(Fan Controller) of fuse. fan controller. *1)

Check conductivity Replace power fuse,


Faulty Electrical Melted Power Fuse of power fuse, power power transistor, and
Components transistor, diode module. diode module.
Power Fuse, Disconnected Check resistance of
Resistance Replace incoming
Incoming Current Limit incoming current limit
current limit resistance.
Resistance resistance.

Check continuity. Replacing Wires,


Disconnected Wires
Check for looseness Repairing and
Insufficient Contacting
of connection screws. Tightening Screws
Incorrect Wiring
Incorrect Wiring Correctly Connect
Check connection Nos.
Wires

*1): The fan controller may be damaged if the fuse of fan controller is melted. In that case, replace the fan controller.

40
Alarm
Abnormality Power Source Phase
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the main power source phase is reversely connected or one phase is not
connected.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Yes
Single Phase Correctly connect each phase
(Is there any phase not connected?) of power source.
PCB1 is normal
No
Yes
Correctly connect each phase
Reverse Phase Connection?
of power source.
PCB1 is normal
No
Yes
Is there any excessively voltage
Abnormality with Power Source.
decrease at power source?
PCB1 is normal
No

Faulty PCB1.

Voltage for unit to


be suspended. Running Voltage: Check Item
"B" V
Power Supply “A” “B”
380-415V/50Hz 323 342 to 456
220V/60Hz 187 198 to 242
Starting Voltage:
Less than "A" V

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check it according Replacing Wires, Repair,


Activation of Reverse or Single Phase to electrical wiring Tightening Screws or
Reverse Phase in item 1.1.1. Correct Wiring
Sensor in
Outdoor Unit Replace PCB1 if
Faulty Outdoor Unit PCB1
faulty.

41
Alarm
Abnormal Inverter Voltage
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when voltage between terminal PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
“P” and “N” of transistor module (IPM) is insufficient and PCB2: Inverter PCB
its occurrence is three times in 30 minutes. In the case that
the occurrence is smaller than 2 times, retry is performed.

<Outdoor Unit PCB1 Display Indication>

Abnormal of Inverter
Direct Current
Measuring Position
Restart operation.
Measuring Range: DC1000V

In case of 380-415V/50Hz
Is the power supply voltage 380V+10% or No
Check wiring and
415V+10% ?
wire sizes.
In case of 220V/60Hz:
Is the power supply voltage 220V+10%?
Yes

In case of 380-415V/50Hz No
Is the power supply voltage more than 323V?
In case of 220V/60Hz:
Is the power supply voltage more than 187V?
Yes

Does the voltage Yes


fall during operation
by operation of
other apparatus?
No Frequency can Faulty CMC.
increase higher Replace it.
than 60Hz.
Abnormal
Does LED201 on PCB2 Yes How is Compressor stops
ON after compressor's compressor immediately. Check CMC for Compressor.
electromagnetic switches operation? (lower than 30Hz)
(CMC) turn ON? Normal
Compressor stops
No when frequency Faulty PCB2.
increase. (Approx. Replace it.
Is connection correctly 31Hz to 60Hz)
No
between PCB2,
Connect correctly.
capacitors A*,
DCL and CMC?
Yes (Loose Wiring,
* Be careful especially because of high voltage. Change of
Yes Color)
Is the DC voltage Check capacitors A*. Replace capacitors.
over B* V?
Fault Capacitors have high voltage.
No Normal Be careful especially. *1)
Check Item
Faulty transistor module.
A* B*
Power Supply Capacitor Voltage (DC) Replace it.
380-415V/50Hz
CB1, CB2 460
Check the wiring, the transistor
220V/60Hz CB 230 module and capacitors A*. *2)
In case the wiring is correct,
replace the transistor module.

*1): If capacitor has high voltage, perform the high voltage discharge work according to the item 1.3.3.
*2): Checking procedures of transistor module is indicated in the item 1.3.3.

42
Alarm
Abnormal Fan Controller Voltage
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when voltage between terminal “R” and “S” of Fan Controller is insufficient and
its occurrence is three times in 30 minutes. In the case that the occurrence is smaller than 2 times,
retry is performed.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


Restart operation.

Is the power supply No


Check wiring and
voltage 220V+10% or
wire sizes.
240V+10%?
Yes

Is the power supply No


voltage more than
187V?
Yes

Does the voltage Yes


fall during operation
by operation of
other apparatus?
No Fan revolution
can increase.
Yes How is
Does LED201 on Fan stops Faulty fan controller.
fan controller ON? fan motor
immediately. Replace it.
operation?
No Fan stops when
fan revolution is
increasing.
No
Is connection correctly
Connect correctly.
at fan controller?
Yes

<Outdoor Unit PCB1 Display Indication>

Abnormal of Fan Controller

NOTES:
• If fan controller has high voltage, perform the high voltage discharge work according to the item 1.3.3.
• Check the wiring connection according to the checking procedure of fan controller indicated in the item 1.3.3.

43
Alarm
Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ In the case that the discharge gas superheat less than 10 deg. at the top of the compressor is
maintained for 30 minutes, retry operation is performed. However, when the alarm occurs twice within
two hours, this alarm code is indicated.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Is the thermistor on No Position of Thermistor


top of compressor Faulty Thermistor THM8 (Td1) THM9 (Td2)
normal? *1)
Yes

Is the thermistor No
installed correctly Install it correctly. for Inverter Drive for Constant Speed Drive
on the compressor?
Yes 8HP to 12HP
Heating
Is it at cooling or
14HP to 18HP
heating mode when the Heating Operation
alarm has occurred?
Cooling

Cooling Operation

Check the high-pressure Check the high-pressure


and compressor discharge and compressor discharge
gas temperature and gas temperature and
calculate superheat value calculate superheat value
by outdoor unit PCB1. by outdoor unit PCB1.

Is superheat value Is superheat value


under 10oC? under 10oC?
No No
Yes Yes

Remove sudden
No fluctuation of load
Match the Are the refrigerant Is the opening of the No
piping and electric like short path by
refrigerant piping outdoor unit heat
wiring matching? discharge air from
and electric wiring. exchanger's expansion
the outdoor unit, or
Yes valve under 8%?
the cause of frequent
Yes thermo-ON/OFF.
No Is the connector on
Plug the indoor unit PCB for
connector properly. expansion valve Are the connectors
connected properly? (*2) of PCB1 of the
outdoor unit heat No
Yes Plug the connectors
exchanger's electric (*2) of PCB1
expansion valve properly.
connected properly?

*1): Refer to "Characteristics of Thermistor" of "Alarm Code 23". Yes


*2): PCB1 Connector No. is shown in the below. No
Charge correct
MV1 MVB
Is refrigerant
refrigerant volume.
correctly charged?
CN10 CN12 Refer to TC.
Yes
No
Check the
Is gas leaking?
expansion valve.
Yes

Repair leaks of gas.


Correctly charge
refrigerant.

44
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Ref. Cycle is Different from Check ref. cycle and


Repair wiring.
the Electrical System the electrical system.

Correctly charge
Overcharged Refrigerant Check pressures.
refrigerant.

Check expansion valve. Replace expansion valve


Faulty Expansion Valve
(Refer to 1.3.3) if faulty.

Replace PCB and


Fault Replace PCB if faulty.
Decrease of check operation.
Discharge Gas
Superheat Faulty PCB Disconnected
Wires for Repair wiring
Expansion Check connections.
connections.
Valve Control

Check resistance Replace thermistor


Fault
of thermistor. if faulty.
Faulty
Discharge Incorrect Correctly mount
Check mounting state.
Gas Mounting thermistor.
Thermistor
Remove looseness,
Incorrect
Check connections. replace connector or
Connection
repair connections.

45
Alarm
Code Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature at the Top of Compressor

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the following conditions occurs three times within one hour;
(1) The temperature of the thermistor on the top of the compressor is maintained higher than 132°C for
10 minutes, or (2) The temperature of the thermistor on the top of the compressor is maintained higher
than 140°C for 5 seconds.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Is the thermistor on No Position of Thermistor


top of compressor Faulty Thermistor THM8 (Td1) THM9 (Td2)
normal? *1)
Yes

Is the thermistor No
installed correctly Install it correctly. for Inverter Drive for Constant Speed Drive
on the compressor?
Yes 8HP to 12HP
Heating
Is it at cooling or
14HP to 18HP
heating mode when the Heating Operation
alarm has occurred?
Cooling

Cooling Operation

Check the outdoor unit Check the outdoor unit


PCB1 if the compressor PCB1 if the compressor
discharge gas discharge gas
temperature is over temperature is over
No No
132oC. 132oC.
Yes Yes

Remove sudden
Is the opening of No fluctuation of load
the outdoor unit like short path by
expansion valve discharge air from
100%? the outdoor unit, or
the cause of frequent
Yes thermo-ON/OFF.

Are the connectors


Remove sudden No (*2) of PCB1 of the No
fluctuation of indoor Is the opening of all the outdoor unit heat Plug the connectors
load (short path, etc.) operating indoor units exchanger's (*2) of PCB1
or short path of air expansion valve 100%? expansion valve properly.
between outdoor units. connected properly?
Yes
Yes

No
Charge correct
Is the amount of *1): Refer to "Characteristics of Thermistor"
refrigerant volume.
refrigerant correct? of "Alarm Code 23".
Refer to TC.
*2): PCB1 Connector No. is shown
Yes
No in the below table.
Check the MV1 MVB
Is gas leaking?
expansion valve. CN10 CN12
Yes

Repair leaks of gas.


Recharge refrigerant.

46
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Ref. Cycle is Different from Check ref. cycle and


Repair wiring.
the Electrical System the electrical system.

Correctly charge
Undercharge of Refrigerant Check pressures.
refrigerant.

Check expansion valve. Replace expansion valve


Faulty Expansion Valve
(Refer to 1.3.3) if faulty.

Excessively High Replace PCB and


Fault Replace PCB if faulty.
Discharge Gas check operation.
Temperature Faulty PCB
(at Top of Disconnected
Compressor) Wires for Repair wiring
Check connections.
Expansion connections.
Valve

Check resistance Replace thermistor


Fault
of thermistor. if faulty.
Faulty
Incorrect
Discharge Correctly mount
Mounting of Check mounting state.
Gas thermistor.
Thermistor
Thermistor
Remove looseness,
Incorrect
Check connections. replace connectors or
Wiring
repair connections.

47
Alarm
Abnormality Transmitting between Outdoor Units
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


O.U.: Outdoor Unit

Yes Connect operating line between


Is operating line between outdoor outdoor unit A and outdoor unit B
unit A and outdoor unit B connected to O.U.~O.U. transmission terminal.
to H-LINK transmission terminal? Also, reset the power supply.
No

Yes Connect operating line between


Is operating line between outdoor outdoor unit A and outdoor unit C
unit A and outdoor unit C connected to O.U.~O.U. transmission terminal.
to H-LINK transmission terminal? Also, reset the power supply.
No

Is operating line between outdoor Yes Correctly connect wiring between


unit and outdoor unit connected outdoor unit and outdoor unit and
INCORRECTLY? reset the power supply.
No

Abnormality of PCB1 in
outdoor unit A

Outdoor Unit

Unit A Unit B Unit C


(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

48
Alarm
Incorrect Outdoor Unit Address Setting
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


O.U.: Outdoor Unit

Is DSW6 setting for Yes Set DSW6 correctly for


outdoor unit B and C correct? outdoor unit B and C and
(DSW6: outdoor unit address setting) reset the power supply.
No

Are 4 (four) or more Yes Correctly connect operating line


outdoor units connected to between outdoor unit and outdoor
O.U.~O.U. transmission terminal? unit and reset the power supply.
No

Is operating line between outdoor Yes Correctly connect wiring between


unit and outdoor unit connected outdoor unit and outdoor unit and
INCORRECTLY? reset the power supply.
No
Outdoor Unit
Abnormality of PCB1 in
outdoor unit A

Unit A Unit B Unit C


(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

Alarm
Code Incorrect Outdoor Main Unit Setting

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


O.U.: Outdoor Unit

Is DSW6 setting for No Set DSW6 correctly for


outdoor unit B and C correct? outdoor unit B and C and
(DSW6: outdoor unit address setting) reset the power supply.
Yes

Are 4 (four) or more Yes Correctly connect operating line


outdoor units connected to between outdoor unit and outdoor
O.U.~O.U. transmission terminal? unit and reset the power supply.
No

Outdoor Unit
Abnormality of PCB1 in
outdoor unit A

Unit A Unit B Unit C


(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

49
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Inlet Air Temperature
Code (Air Inlet Thermistor)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited (less than 0.24 kW) or cut (greater than
840 kW) during the cooling or heating operation. The system is automatically restarted when the fault
is removed. PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

No
Is it connected to
Connect it.
THM1 (intake) of PCB?

Yes

Is resistance of THM1 No
between 0.24kΩ and Faulty Thermistor
840kΩ?
Yes

Thermistor for
Faulty PCB Air Inlet Temperature
(THM1)

In Case of 4-Way Cassette Type

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Faulty Intake
Air Thermistor
Connect wiring
Incorrect Connection Check connection.
correctly.

Replace PCB and


Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
check operation.

90
82
80

70
61
60
Thermistor 50
<Outdoor Unit PCB1 Display Indication>
46
Resistance (Alarm Code 11~19)
(kΩ) 40 35

30 27
20.5
20 16
12.5
10
10 8 5.3 Alarm Code (11~19)
3.6 2.5
0 Indoor Unit No.
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 for Failure
Ambient Temperature (oC)
Thermistor Characteristics
NOTE:
This data is applicable to the following thermistors;
1. Indoor Unit Discharge Air Temperature, 2. Indoor Unit Intake Air Temperature, 3. Indoor Unit Liquid Piping
Temperature, 4. Indoor Unit Gas Piping Temperature, 5. Outdoor Air Temperature, 6. Outdoor Unit Liquid
Piping Temperature, 7. Outdoor Unit Gas Piping Temperature
50
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Discharge Air Temperature
Code (Air Outlet Thermistor)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited (less than 0.24 kW) or cut (greater than
840 kW) during the cooling or heating operation. The system is automatically restarted when the fault
is removed.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

No
Is the thermistor connected
Connect it.
to THM2 of PCB?
Yes
No
Is resistance of THM2
between 0.24 and 840kΩ? Faulty Thermistor

Yes Refer to "Alarm Code 11"


for thermistor resistance.
Faulty PCB Thermistor
for Air Outlet
Temperature
(THM2)

In Case of 4-Way Cassette Type

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Faulty Air Outlet
Thermistor
Connect wiring
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB.
correctly.

Replace PCB and


Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
check operation.

51
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger Liquid
Code Refrigerant Pipe Temperature (Freeze Protection Thermistor)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited (less than 0.24 kW) or cut (greater than
840 kW) during the cooling operation or heating operation. The system is automatically restarted
when the fault is removed.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

Freeze Protection
No Thermistor (THM3)
Is the thermistor connected
Connect it.
to THM3 of PCB?
Yes
No
Is resistance of THM3
between 0.24 and 840kΩ? Faulty Thermistor

Yes Refer to "Alarm Code 11"


for thermistor resistance.
Faulty PCB

In Case of 4-Way Cassette Type

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Fault Check resistance.
Faulty Freeze if faulty.
Protection
Thermistor Connect wiring
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB.
correctly.

Replace PCB and


Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
check operation.

52
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger
Code Gas Refrigerant Pipe Temperature (Gas Piping Thermistor)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited (less than 0.24 kW) or cut (greater than
840 kW) during the cooling or heating operation. The system is automatically restarted when the fault
is removed.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

No
Is it connected to
Connect it.
THM5 of PCB?

Yes

Is resistance of THM5 No
between 0.24kΩ and Faulty Thermistor
840kΩ?
Refer to "Alarm Code 11" Thermistor for
Yes for thermistor resistance. Heat Exchanger
Gas Pipe
Faulty PCB In Case of 4-Way Cassette Type

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Faulty Gas Pipe
Thermistor
Connect wiring
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB.
correctly.

Replace PCB and


Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
check operation.

53
Alarm Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Motor
Code (JTKF-Model)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB.
★ This alarm is indicated when the following conditions occurs three times in 30 minutes.
* Indoor fan rotates less than 70rpm for 5 seconds during operation.
★ Check to ensure that power is OFF before checking the connector connections. If not, PCB and fan
motor may be damaged.

Does the indoor


fan run?
No

Check the connector PCB1: CN1, CN19, PCN1, PCN7


as shown on the right. PCB2: CN201, CN202, PCN201, PCN202, PCN203

Insufficient voltage for PCB2.


Yes (DC 280V)
Is LED1 on
PCB2 OFF? Faulty PCB2 Replace PCB2

No

Is the voltage between Vcc15


Is DC power No and GND1 of PCB2 15V+10%?
supply for PCB2 Faulty PCB2 Replace PCB2
correctly?

Yes

Yes
Is LED4 on PCB1 Faulty PCB1 Insufficient voltage for PCB1. Replace PCB1
OFF? or Transformer or Transformer

No

Is the voltage between Vcc05


Is DC power No and GND of PCB1 5V+5%?
Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1
supply for PCB1 or Transformer or Transformer
correctly? Is the voltage between Vcc12
and GND of PCB1 12V+10%?
Yes
Remove CN201 on PCB2.
Is fan motor Yes Is the voltage between CN201 #3
speed control command Faulty and GND1 more than 1V? Replace
to fan motor Fan Motor Fan Motor
correctly?

No
Is the voltage between GND
of PCB1 and PC1 2# of PCB2
Yes several voltage?
Is pulse signal to Faulty PCB2 Replace PCB2
PCB2 correctly? PCN202

PC1-2# PC1 Electrical


No Box

LED1
Faulty PCB1 CN201 CN202
CN201-3# PCB2

TB1
PCN203
Replace PCB1 TB2 CN202
PCN7 PCN1 CN1 CN201

LED4
PCB1 CN19
Transformer

54
Alarm Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Motor
Code (JTHW-Model)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the following conditions occurs three times in 30 minutes.
* Indoor fan rotates less than 70rpm for 5 seconds during operation.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB

Does the indoor l Set air flow volume “Hi” before starting this check. HA
12V
fan run?
5V DSW5
No (*1): Turn OFF the power before checking the connectors. 6 15V
IC6
If not, PCB and the fan motor may be damaged.
GND GND
Also, the LED4 must be turned OFF
Check the connector as before starting this check to avoid electric shock.
1 CN500
CN550
shown on the right. (*1)
PCB: CN550, CN500

PCB (Indoor Unit PCB)


Yes
Is LED4 on Insufficient voltage for
PCB OFF? Faulty PCB micro-computer. Replace PCB

No
(*2)
No Is the voltage between 5V
Is DC power and GND of PCB 4.75 to 5.25V?
supply for PCB Faulty PCB Replace PCB
correctly? (*2) Is the voltage between 12V
and GND of PCB 11.9 to 12.8V?
(Use a tester.)
Yes
(Note) Use the following check points (writen in Japanese) on the PCB.
(Refer to the figure below.)
5V : next to DSW5
12V : next to HA connector
GND : next to IC6 (do not use )
(*3)
Is the voltage between CN550-#1 and
Is DC power No
CN550-#3 of PCB 280V+10%?
supply (280V) for PCB Faulty PCB Replace PCB
correctly? (*3) (Use a tester.)

Yes
(*4)
Is the voltage between CN550-#3 and
Is DC power No
CN550-#4 of PCB 14.8V to 15.8V?
supply (15V) for PCB Faulty PCB Replace PCB
correctly? (*4) (Use a tester.)

Yes

Is fan motor No
speed control command
to fan motor Faulty PCB Replace PCB
correctly? (*5)
(*5) Disconnect CN550 on PCB when performing.
If 2V (or over) are applied between CN550-#5 to CN550-#3 on PCB
Yes for 10 sec. (Approx.) after starting operation, the PCB is normal.
(Note) The voltage may not be conducted sequentially
after 10 sec. to perform the above operation “H”.
Faulty Fan Motor

Replace Fan Motor

55
Alarm Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan
Code Motor (except JTKF and JTHW Model)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the temperature of the internal thermostat for the indoor fan motor is
higher than 120oC or 135oC. (135oC: JTFC)

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Yes
No Is continuity present No No
Does the indoor
at the internal thermostat Is fan motor hot? Replace the motor.
fan run?
of indoor fan motor?
Yes Yes

Yes
Is connection bad at Repair wiring and
the connector? connections.

No

No
Is the coil resistance
Replace the motor.
of fan motor normal?

Yes

Check indoor temperature.


If it is unusual, take suitable
action to reduce it.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Measure coil
Faulty Indoor Unit
resistance and Replace motor if faulty.
Fan Motor
insulation resistance.

Check continuity after


Activation Replace fan motor if
Fault fan motor temperature
of Internal no continuity.
decreases to room temp.
Thermostat for
Indoor Unit Faulty
Fan Motor Insufficient Measure resistance Correct looseness.
Internal
Contacting by tester. Replace connectors.
Thermostat

Incorrect
Check connections. Repair connections.
Connection

56
Alarm
Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor for Outdoor Unit
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the pressure sensor voltage decreases lower than 0.1V or increases
higher than 4.9V during running.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Is the connection CN7 Yes


of the outdoor unit Connect correctly.
PCB1 abnormal?
No

Is 12 VDC applied No
across #1 and #3 of the
Faulty PCB1.
connector CN7 of the
outdoor unit PCB1?
Yes

Is voltage under
0.1 VDC or over 4.9VDC No
across #2 and #3 of the Faulty PCB1.
connector CN7 of the
outdoor unit PCB1?
Yes

Yes
Is the Check Joint
Replace check joint.
Clogged?
No

Abnormality of High
Pressure Sensor.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check output voltage Replace pressure


Fault
is correct. sensor if faulty.
Faulty High
Pressure Sensor
Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection Check connections.
connections.

Replace PCB1 and


Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1 if faulty.
check operation.

Indicated
Malfunction of Pressure
Pressure Value Check for clogging
Sensor due to Faulty Replace check joint.
is Excessively of check joint.
Check Joint
High or Low

57
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Outdoor Air Temperature
Code (Outdoor Unit Ambient Thermistor)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited (less than 0.2 kW) or cut (greater than
500 kW) during running.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

No Outdoor Unit
Is it connected to Ambient Thermistor
Connect it.
THM7 (Ta) of PCB1? (THM7)
Yes

Is resistance of THM7 No
between 0.2kΩ and Faulty Thermistor
500kΩ?
Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
Yes for thermistor resistance.

Faulty PCB1

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Faulty Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Outdoor Unit
Ambient
Thermistor Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB1.
connections.

Replace PCB1 and


Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1 if faulty.
check operation.

58
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Discharge Gas
Code Temperature on the Top of Compressor

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, or
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
If abnormality with the thermistor is found, check all the thermistors as shown below.

★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited (less than 0.9 kW) or cut (greater than 5,946
kW) during running.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Position of Thermistor
No
Is the setting of DSW2 Set DSW2 on PCB1 THM8 (Td1) THM9 (Td2)
on PCB1 right? correctly.

Yes

for Inverter Drive for Constant Speed Drive


Are discharge gas
thermistors (THM8, No 8HP to 12HP
THM9) connected to Connect them.
THM8 (TD1) and
14HP to 18HP
THM9 (TD2) on PCB1?
Yes

Characteristics of Thermistor
Is resistance of
discharge gas thermistors No
(THM8 and THM9) same Faulty Thermistor.
with characteristic in
right figure? 200
R25=200kΩ
Yes Resistance B=3920k
of Thermistor
(kΩ) 100
72.3
Faulty PCB1
14.2
8.32
0 25 50 100 120 150

Ambient Temperature (oC)

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Faulty Discharge
Gas Thermistor
Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB1.
connections.

Replace PCB1 and


Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1 if faulty.
check operation.

Check setting of Correctly set


Incorrect Setting of DSW2 on PCB1
DSW2 on PCB1. DSW2 on PCB1.

59
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe
Code (Te/Tchg)
● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
If abnormality with the thermistor is found, check the thermistors as shown below.

★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited


(less than 0.2 kW) or cut (greater than 840 kW) for 8 minutes
during running.

If this thermistor is faulty, this alarm is indicated.

Are thermistors connected to No


THM10 (Te) or THM17 (Tchg) Connect it.
on PCB1?
< Details for Thermistor >
Yes
Te Thermistor (THM10)
Butyl Sheet Tchg Thermistor (THM17)

Is resistance of the No
thermistor between Faulty Thermistor
0.2kΩ and 500kΩ? Plastic Sheet
Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
Yes for thermistor resistance.

Faulty PCB1
Butyl Sheet
Evaporation
Liquid Pipe Thermistor Holder
Te: Thermistor for Outdoor Liquid Pipe
Tchg: Thermistor for Super Cooling Main Line
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Faulty Replace thermistor


Fault Check resistance.
Outdoor Unit if faulty.
Liquid Pipe
Thermistor Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB1.
connections.

Replace PCB1 and


Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1 if faulty.
check operation.

60
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
Code (Tg/Tbg)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
If abnormality with the thermistor is found, check all the thermistors as shown below.

★ This alarm is indicated when the thermistor is short-circuited


(less than 0.2kW)or cut (greater than 840kW) for 8 minutes
during running.

If this thermistor is faulty, this alarm is indicated.

No
Are thermistors connected to
THM11 (Tg) or THM23 (Tbg) Connect it.
on PCB1? < Details for Thermistor >
Yes Tg Thermistor (THM11),
Butyl Sheet Tbg Thermistor (THM23)

Is resistance of the No
thermistor between Faulty Thermistor
0.2kΩ and 500kΩ? Plastic Sheet
Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
Yes for thermistor resistance.

Faulty PCB1
Butyl Sheet

Tg: Thermistor for Outdoor Gas Pipe Thermistor Holder


Tbg: Thermistor for Super Cooling Bypass Line
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Replace thermistor
Faulty Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Outdoor Unit
Gas Pipe
Thermistor Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection Check wiring to PCB1.
connections.

Replace PCB1 and


Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1 if faulty.
check operation.

61
Alarm
Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor for Outdoor Unit
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the pressure sensor voltage decreases lower than 0.1V or increases
higher than 4.9V during running.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Is the connection CN8 Yes


of the outdoor unit Connect correctly.
PCB1 abnormal?
No

Is 12 VDC applied across No


#1 and #3 of the connector
Faulty PCB1
CN8 of the outdoor circuit
board PCB1?
Yes

Is voltage under 0.1 VDC


or over 4.9 VDC across No
#2 and #3 of the connector Faulty PCB1
CN8 of the outdoor unit
PCB1?
Yes

Yes
Is the Check Joint
Replace the check joint.
clogged?
No

Abnormality with Low


Pressure Sensor.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check output voltage Replace pressure


Fault
is correct. sensor if faulty.
Faulty Low
Pressure Sensor
Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection Check connections.
connections.

Replace PCB1 and


Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1 if faulty.
check operation.

Indicated
Malfunction of Pressure
Pressure Value Check for clogging
Sensor due to Faulty Replace check joint.
is Excessively of check joint.
Check Joint
High or Low

62
Alarm
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the capacity setting dip switch, DSW2 on the outdoor unit PCB1,
is not set (all the settings from #1 to #6 are OFF) or mis-setting.
★ This alarm is indicated when the total indoor unit capacity is smaller than 50% or greater than 130% of
the combined outdoor unit capacity.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
Are #1-#6 of DSW2 on Yes
the outdoor unit PCB1 Set the capacity for PCB1.
set incorrectly?
No

Are #1-#4 of DSW3 on Yes


the indoor unit PCB set Set the capacity for PCB.
incorrectly?
No

Are the setting of DSW1


and RSW1 on the outdoor No
unit PCB1 and the setting of
DSW5 and RSW2 on the Set them correctly.
indoor unit PCB totally same Outdoor Unit PCB1: DSW1, RSW1
in a refrigerant cycle? Indoor Unit PCB: DSW5, RSW2
Yes

Total capacity of the


indoor units is wrong.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check combination
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit of indoor units and Correctly set dip switch,
capacity setting on PCB. DSW3.

Check capacity setting Correctly set dip switch,


Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit
on outdoor unit PCB1. DSW2.

Check outdoor unit


Ensure that total
Total Indoor Unit Capacity Connected to the model by calculating
indoor unit capacity is
Outdoor Unit is Beyond Permissible Range total indoor units
from 50% to 130%.
capacity.

Check refrigeration
Refrigeration Cycle Setting of Outdoor Unit cycle setting on
Set them correctly.
and Indoor Unit is Different outdoor unit PCB1 and
indoor unit PCB.

Refrigerant Cycle No. Setting


Setting Switch
10 digit 1 digit Example of Setting Refrigerant Cycle No. 25
Setting Position
901
ON ON
901
23
78

OFF Set by inserting OFF


slotted screwdriver
456
1 2 3 4 5 6
23
78

1 2 3 4 5 6 456 into the groove.

Turn ON No. 2 pin. Set Dial No.5.


Outdoor Unit DSW1 RSW1
Indoor Unit DSW and RSW setting before shipment is 0.
DSW5 RSW2
(H-LINK II) Maximum in setting refrigerant cycle No. is 63.

63
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Outdoor Units
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the following condition occurs after normal transmitting between outdoor
unit and outdoor unit is maintained;
• Abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds.
• Abnormality is maintained for 30 seconds even after micro-computer reset (automatically).

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

No Faulty
Is LED1 turned ON on PCB1 Check the power supply Turn ON the power supply.
of outdoor unit B and C? of outdoor unit.

Yes Good

Yes
Is fuse of outdoor unit Inspect the cause and
PCB1 blown out? replace the fuse.

No
Replace the PCB1 of
outdoor unit B or C.

Correctly connect the


Is operating line between Yes operating line between
outdoor unit and outdoor unit outdoor unit and outdoor
loosened or disconnected? unit. Also, reset
the power supply.
No
Replace the PCB1 of
outdoor unit B or C.

Outdoor Unit

Unit A Unit B Unit C


(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

64
Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit No. Setting
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated 5 minutes after power is supplied to the outdoor unit when the indoor
unit No. connected to the outdoor unit is duplicated by setting of DSW and RSW.

NOTE:
In the case of H-LINK System, this alarm code is indicated when DSW1 and RSW1 of the outdoor unit
PCB1 and DSW5 and RSW2 of the indoor unit PCB are incorrectly set.
In this case, set them correctly after turning OFF the main switch, and again turn ON the main switch.
When the refrigerant No. setting of outdoor unit (H-LINK II) and the one of outdoor unit (H-LINK) are
duplicated, the alarm “35” may go ON and OFF repeatedly.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit Combination
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the indoor unit connected to outdoor unit is designed for refrigerant R22
type.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

65
Alarm
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection in Outdoor Unit
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and the alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when AC 220V or 240V is not detected in A* during inverter compressor
stoppage.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

No
Is AC220V or 240V applied
Faulty PCB1
A* during stopping?

Yes
PCB1 is normal
Check wiring connection
of other PCB1. *1)

Power Supply A*
Between terminal #3 of PCN2, PCN16 and faston terminal
380-415V/50Hz
“N1” on PCB1

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Activation of Starting Outdoor Unit at Refer to Alarm Code


Activation of Pickig up Alarm Code History:
Picking up Circuit “02” and “09”
Circuit for Protection “02” and “09” before “38”.
for Protection

Abnormality of
Check voltage supplied Repair wiring
Picking up Circuit Incorrect Connection
to connectors. connections.
for Protection

Faulty PCB1 Replace PCB1.

*1): Check wiring system connecting to PCN2 and PCN16 on PCB1.

66
Alarm
Abnormality of Running Current at Constant Speed Compressor
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the following conditions occurs;


• The running current of the constant speed compressor exceeds the value of overcurrent limitation
during operating.
• The running current of the constant speed compressor is detected 0A and retry when 3 minutes are
passed after all compressors are stopped, and this phenomenon occurs three times within 30 minutes.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

No
Does the CMC2 Check wiring connection
turn ON? around PCB1.

Yes

No Check fuses and wiring


Does the constant speed
between CMC2 and
compressor operate?
constant speed compressor.
Yes

Is the running No Is the connector No


current indicated on CN80 of current
Connect it correctly.
7-Segment of PCB1 transformer CT2
at check mode? correctly connected?
Yes Yes

Check constant speed compressor


and current transformer.
Remove the cause after checking.

67
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Excessively High or Operate within


Low Voltage of 380-415V + 10%
Power Source 220V + 10%
Excessively Large
Running Current of Imbalance Among Adjust voltage between
Compressor Motor Phase at Power Source each phase.

Excessively High
Check for causes.
Discharge Pressure

Melted Fuse for


Replace the fuses.
Power Source

Looseness of Screws
Single Phase Operation Tightly fix screws.
for Power Source

Overcurrent Deterioration of Contact


Replace magnetic
of Compressor of Magnetic Switch for
contactor.
Motor Compressor

Failure of Compressor
Locked-up? Replace compressor.
Bearing

Insulation Failure of Measure insulation


Replace compressor.
Compressor Motor resistance.

Check continuity
Fault Replace CT when faulty.
during stoppage.

Incorrect Measure resistance Remove looseness


Faulty CT
Connection by tester. and replace connector.

Incorrect
Check wiring. Correctly wiring.
Wiring

68
Alarm
Abnormality of Outdoor Unit Capacity
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the total capacity of outdoor unit connected to O.U.~O.U. transmission
terminal exceeds 54HP.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
O.U. Outdoor Unit

Yes
Has PCB1 of outdoor unit Set the DSW2 of the
A, B or C been replaced? replaced PCB1 correctly.

No

Is the operating line between No


outdoor unit and outdoor unit Set the DSW6 of the
connected correctly? replaced PCB1 correctly.

Yes
Outdoor Unit

Abnormality of
outdoor unit total capacity
Unit A Unit B Unit C
(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

Alarm
Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Model Combination or Voltage
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the model setting for outdoor unit connected to O.U.~O.U. transmission
terminal is incorrect.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
O.U. Outdoor Unit

Yes Set the DSW2 and DSW7


Has PCB1 of outdoor unit of the replaced PCB1
A, B or C been replaced? correctly.
No

Is the operating line between No Correctly connect


outdoor unit and outdoor unit the operating line and
connected correctly? reset the power supply.
Yes
Outdoor Unit

Incorrect combination of
outdoor units
(Check the outdoor unit
combination again.)
Unit A Unit B Unit C
(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

69
Alarm
Abnormality Transmitting between Main Unit and Sub Unit(s)
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section,
and the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when transmission to outdoor unit B or C is NOT maintained for 30 seconds.
(Alarm code “31” will be indicated when transmission to all the outdoor units connected to O.U.~O.U.
transmission terminal is NOT maintained.)

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


O.U.: Outdoor Unit

No Faulty
Is LED1 turned ON on PCB1 Check the power supply Turn ON the power supply.
of outdoor unit B and C? of outdoor unit.

Yes Good

Yes
Is fuse of outdoor unit Inspect the cause and
PCB1 blown out? replace the fuse.

No
Replace the PCB1 of
outdoor unit B or C.

Correctly connect the


Is operating line between Yes operating line between
outdoor unit and outdoor unit outdoor unit and outdoor
loosened or disconnected? unit. Also, reset
the power supply.
No
Replace the PCB1 of
outdoor unit B or C.

Outdoor Unit

Unit A Unit B Unit C


(Main) (Sub) (Sub)

70
Alarm
Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Device
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when a compression ratio, ε= {(Pd + 0.1) / (Ps + 0.06)} is calculated from
a discharge pressure (Pd MPa) and suction pressure (Ps MPa) and the condition lower than
ε < 1.8 occurs more than three times (including three) in one hour.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

No
Does the inverter operate? Check the inverter.
Yes
No
Check the compressor and
Does the compressor operate?
power cable.
Yes

Yes
Is the reversing valve spindle
Replace the reversing valve if faulty.
mounted at middle position?
No

No
Are the high-pressure sensor and Replace the high-pressure sensor
the low-pressure sensor normal? or the low-pressure sensor if faulty.
Yes

Yes
Is there a leak in the Solenoid Replace the Solenoid Valve
Valve for Hot Gas Bypass (SVA)? (SVA) if faulty.
No

Check if the intake air temperature is


too low at the indoor or outdoor units.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Inverter is not Functioning Check inverter. Repair faulty part.

Compressor is not Operating Check compressor. Replace comp. if faulty.

Valve Stoppage at Middle Measure suction pipe Replace reversing valve


Position of Reversing Valve temp. of reversing valve. if faulty.
Excessively
Low Compression Check connector for
Ratio Abnormality of High or Low
PCB1, power source Replace sensor if faulty.
Pressure Sensor
and pressure indication.

Check indoor unit and


Excessively Low Indoor Replace thermistor
outdoor unit air temp.
Intake Air Temperature if faulty.
thermistor.

Leakage from Solenoid


Check Solenoid Valve. Replace SVA if leaking.
Valve (SVA)

71
Alarm
Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Device
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ In case that compressor is operated under the condition that is higher than 1.4MPa of suction pressure
(Ps) for 1 minute, all compressors are stopped and retry operation is started after 3 minutes.
However this alarm is indicated when same phenomenon is occurred at two times within the next
30 minutes.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Yes
Is there a leak in the Replace the solenoid valve (SVA)
solenoid valve (SVA)? if faulty.
No

Yes
Is the reversing valve spindle
mounted at middle position? Replace the reversing valve if faulty.

No
No
Replace the low-pressure sensor
Is the low-pressure sensor normal?
if faulty.
Yes

Check if the indoor/outdoor intake


air temperature is too high.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check connecting wires.


Leakage of Solenoid Check outlet pipe temp.
Replace solenoid valve
Valve (SVA) of solenoid valve (SVA).
(SVA) if faulty.

Measure suction gas


Valve Stoppage at Middle Replace reversing valve
pipe temp. of reversing
Position of Reversing Valve if faulty.
Excessively valve.
Low Suction
Pressure Abnormal Suction Check connectors of
Replace sensor if faulty.
Pressure Sensor PCB1 and power source.

Excessively High Indoor Check indoor unit and


Replace thermistor
Unit and Outdoor Unit outdoor unit suction
if faulty.
Suction Air Temperature air temp. thermistor.

72
Alarm
Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Device
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ In case that compressor is operated under the condition that is higher than 3.8MPa of discharge
pressure (Pd) for 1 minute, all compressors are stopped and retry operation is started after 3 minutes.
However this alarm is indicated when same phenomenon is occurred at two times within the next
30 minutes.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
Yes
Is there a leakage of the Replace the solenoid valve (SVA)
solenoid valves (SVA)? if faulty.
No
Yes
Is the outdoor unit stop valve
Open the stop valve.
closed?
No
No Check connection of the circuit
Is the high-pressure sensor normal? board connector. Replace the
high-pressure sensor if faulty.
Yes
Yes Check the circuit board and
Are expansion valves fully connection of the circuit board
closed and locked? connector. Replace the electronic
expansion valves if faulty.
No
Check the outdoor electronic expansion valve during cooling
and the indoor electronic expansion valve during heating.
Are electric wiring and refrigerant Yes
piping between the indoor and Correctly connect it.
outdoor unit incorrectly connected?
No NOTE:
In the case of H-LINK system, check the refrigerant
system setting of the outdoor PCB1 and indoor PCB.
Check if indoor or outdoor intake
air temperature is too high.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check connection.
Leakage of Solenoid Valve Check outlet temp. of
Replace solenoid valve
(SVA) solenoid valve (SVA).
(SVA) if faulty.

Closed Stop Valve Check stop valve. Open stop valve.

Abnormal High Pressure Check connectors for Replace pressure


Sensor PCB1. sensor if faulty.
Excessively
High Discharge Excessively High Indoor Check thermistor for
Pressure Replace thermistor
Unit and Outdoor Unit indoor unit and outdoor
if faulty.
Inlet Air Temp. unit inlet air temp.

Incorrect Connection between Check electrical system


Correctly connect.
Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit and ref. cycle.

Repair connector for


Locked Expansion Valve Check connector for
PCB or expansion valve.
with Fully Closed PCB.
Replace it if faulty.

Stoppage of Melted Fuses Check continuity of fuses. Replace fuses.


Indoor Fan
<Wall Type 1.0 Replace PCB and Replace PCB
Faulty PCB
to 3.0HP Only> check operation. if faulty.

73
Alarm Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device
Code (Vacuum Operation Protection)

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
★ This alarm is indicated when a suction pressure (Ps) is lower than 0.09 MPa for over 12 minutes and
its state occurs more than three times PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
(including three) in one hour. PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
No
Is the amount of refrigerant correctly? Correctly charge refrigerant.
Yes
No
Is the outdoor stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
Yes
Yes
Is refrigerant leaking? Repair leaks.
No
No
Replace suction pressure sensor
Is suction pressure sensor normal?
if faulty.
Yes
Yes Check connection of the connectors
Are the electronic expansion valves
and the circuit board. Replace the
fully closed and locked?
electronic expansion valves if faulty.
No
Check the indoor expansion valve during cooling
and the outdoor expansion valve during heating.

Check if connections of electric wiring NOTE:


and refrigerant piping between the indoor In the case of H-LINK system, check the refrigerant
and outdoor unit are wrong. system setting of the outdoor PCB1 and indoor PCB.

Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)

Check ref. charged


Repair leakage and
Shortage of Ref. volume or check for
correctly charge.
leakage.
Closed Stop Valve Check stop valve. Open stop valve.

Abnormal Low or High Check connector Replace pressure


Pressure Sensor for PCB1. sensor if faulty.
Excessively
Low Suction Incorrect Connection Correctly connect
Pressure Check electrical
between Indoor Unit and between indoor unit
(in Vacuum) system and ref. cycle.
Outdoor Unit and outdoor unit.
Repair connector for
Locked Expansion Valve Check connector for
PCB or expansion valve.
with Fully Closed PCB.
Replace it if faulty.
Check Td thermistors
Closed Expansion Valve by for compressors and Repair or replace
Disconnecting Td Thermistor measure Td thermistor Td thermistor.
resistance.

Measure coil resistance Replace outdoor fan


Faulty Outdoor Fan Motor
and insulation resistance. motor if faulty.

Check for conduction


Internal after temperature of Replace outdoor fan
Thermostat for Fault
outdoor fan motor is motor.
Outdoor Fan decreased.
is Activated Faulty
in Heating Internal Incorrect Measure resistance Remove looseness
Operation Thermostat Contact by tester. and replace connector.

Incorrect
Check connection. Connect correctly.
Connection

74
Alarm
Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device (1)
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when inverter electronic thermal protection is activated at six times within
30 minutes. (Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of five times.)
Conditions of Activation:
Inverter current with 105% of the rated current runs for 30 seconds continuously.
or
Inverter current runs intermittently and the accumulated time reaches up to
3 minutes, in 10 minutes.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


PCB2: Inverter PCB

Is the cause of
stoppage " " of "2"
troubleshooting by Refer to next page.
7-segments display
Restart operation. "2" or "4"?
"4"

Is the compressor Yes (Transistor Module is normal.)


current larger than
activation current? *1)
Is discharge pressure
No high?
Smaller than
activation current. Check pressure and
refrigeration cycle.

Check for clogging of


the heat exchanger.

Check the fan motor.

Abnormal
Check the diode module. *2) Replace the diode module.

Abnormal
Check the inverter
circuit board (PCB2) Connect it correctly.
connection. *3)

Normal
Transistor Module (IPM)
is faulty. Replace it.

*1): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.1.1.
*2): Regarding replacing or the checking diode module, refer to the item 1.3.3.
*3): Regarding replacing or checking method for inverter parts, refer to the item 1.3.3.

75
Alarm
Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device (2)
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when instantaneous overcurrent occurs at six times within 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of five times.)
Conditions of Activation: Inverter current with 150% of the rated current
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
Turn off power and PCB2: Inverter PCB
No Yes disconnect U, V, W No Faulty
Restart operation. from compressor
Does it trip soon? terminals. Check PCB2 *1) Replace PCB2.
Turn ON #1 of DSW1
No It trips on PCB2 and restart. Normal
immediately. Does it trip?
Is there any cause No
Yes It trips. Check the
of instantaneous
compressor.
voltage drop?
Yes
It trips after a Check the power
certain period. source capacity.
Faulty
Check the transistor Replace the
module (IPM). *1) transistor module.
It trips
occasionally. Normal
Replace PCB2.
Is the compressor Yes
running current as Check the
same as activation compressor.
current? *3)
No
Faulty
Check the diode Replace the diode
module. *2) module.
Good

Are the input currents Yes (Input currents nearly equal (+3%).)
of three phases nearly Replace PCB2.
equal? (+3%)
No (Input currents out of balance.)
Check the power
supply.
No
Is the supply voltage 380-415V/50Hz+10%,
_
or 220V/60Hz+10% ?
Yes

In case of 380-415V/50Hz, No Check the capacity


Is it 323V or more during operation? and wiring of the
In case of 220V/60Hz: power source.
Is it 187V or more during operation?
Yes

In case of 380-415V/50Hz, No
Is it 323V or more during operation when other devices are operating?
In case of 220V/60Hz:
Is it 187V or more during operation when other devices are operating?

Yes
Replace PCB2.

*1): Perform electrical discharge when replacing or the checking for inverter parts by referring to the item 1.3.3.
*2): Before checking of diode module, refer to the item 1.3.3.
*3): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.1.1.
76
Alarm
Abnormality of Inverter Current Sensor
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ In case that the abnormality of current transformer (0A detecting) occurs three times within 30 minutes,
this alarm is indicated at the third time.
(Retry operation is performed up to second time of abnormality occurrence.)
Condition of Activation: When the frequency of compressor is maintained at 15 to 18Hz after
compressor is started, one of the absolute value of running current detected
by the current transformer at each phase U+, U-, V+ and V- is less than
1.5A (including 1.5A).

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


Restart operation. PCB2: Inverter PCB

Compressor stops Faulty PCB2


immediately. (nearly 18Hz) and replace PCB2. *2)
How is compressor
operation when
restarted?
Compressor is not
operated.
P17 is appeared. *1)

Abnormal
Is the coil resistance
Replace Comp.
of compessor normal?

Normal

 Is output of
PCB2 correct? *2) Abnormal
 Or is output of voltage Check PCB2 or
between U and V, the transistor module.
V and W, W and U
correct?
Normal
Replace PCB2. *2)

*1): P17 is shown at 7-segment on the outdoor unit PCB1.


*2): Perform the high voltage discharge work by referring to the item 1.3.3 before checking and replacing the inverter
parts.

77
Alarm
Inverter Error Signal Detection
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ IPM (Transistor Module) has detecting function of abnormality.


This alarm is indicated when the transistor module detects the abnormality seven times in 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of six times.)
Conditions of Activation:
Abnormal Current to the Transistor Module such as Short Circuited or Grounded
Abnormal Temperature of the Transistor Module
Control Voltage Decrease PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB2: Inverter PCB
No (It trips after a certain period.)
Restart operation.
Does it trip soon? Check the compressor.
(Itc=21)
Yes Is high pressure increased?
(It trips immediately.)
Check pressure and
refrigerant cycle.

Check clogging for


heat exchanger.

Check fan motor.

No
Is power line is Connect power line
connected to CT? to CT (Current Transformer).

Yes
(Itc=1, 12)
Turn off power, disconnect Normal
U, V, W from compressor No
Failure of PCB2.
terminals and restart. Check the compressor. Replace the PCB2.
Does the protecting function
activate? *3) Abnormal
Yes Check the compressor.

Faulty Normal
Check the transistor Replace the PCB2 and
Check the PCB2. the transistor module.
module. *1) *2)
Normal Abnormal
Replace the transistor module.

Is the silicon grease coated all over Coat the silicon grease to all
between the transistor module and the No the touched face between
radiated fin? the transistor module and the
Is the fixed screw on the transistor radiated fin fully. Fix the
module loose? screw correctly.*4)
Yes

Yes
Is the heat exchanger of Remove clogging or
outdoor unit clogged? replace the heat exchanger.
No
Replace the PCB2.

*1): Perform electrical discharge when replacing or checking inverter parts by referring to the item 1.3.3.
*2): Regarding checking method of transistor module, refer to the item 1.3.3.
*3): Turn ON the No.1 switch of the dip switch DSW1 on PCB2 when restarting with disconnecting the terminals of the
compressor. After troubleshooting, turn OFF the No.1 switch of the dip switch DSW1 on PCB2.
*4): Use the silicon grease provided as accessory.

78
NOTE:
When the unit is applied the excessive surge current due to lighting or other causes, this alarm code “53” or the inverter
stoppage code (IT) “11” will be indicated and the unit can not be operated. In this case, check to ensure the surge
absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the inner surface
of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for PCB2’s LED201 (red) OFF
(approx. 5 min.) and turn ON again.

< Position of Surge Absorber >

Surge Absorber (SA)


(Surge Arrester)
NF1 Surge Absorber (SA)
(Surge Arrester)
NF1
E
OUT
IN E
OUT
N' T
INN
N' W
N
L3'
L3
L3' V S
L3
L2'
L2
L2' U
L2
E R
L1 L1'
L1' Surge Absorber (SA)
L1
(220V)
NF2
NF2

Lot E

Surge Absorber (SA) Lot E


(Surge Arrester)
Surge Absorber (SA)
(Surge Arrester)

(380-415V)

79
Alarm
Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ In case that the abnormality of inverter fin temperature occurs three times within 30 minutes, this alarm
is indicated at the third time.
(Retry operation is performed up to second time of abnormality occurrence.)
Conditions of Activation: This alarm is indicated when the temperature of the inverter fin thermistor for
Transistor Module is higher than 90oC.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


PCB2: Inverter PCB

Yes Normal
Restart operation. Check the thermistor. Replace the PCB2. *1)
Does it trip soon?

No Faulty
Replace the thermistor.

Yes
Is the heat exchanger of
Remove clogging.
outdoor unit clogged?

No
Normal
Check the thermistor. Replace the PCB2. *1)

Faulty
Replace the thermistor.

*1): Perform electrical discharge when replacing or checking inverter parts by referring to the item 1.3.3.

80
Alarm
Inverter Failure
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the following phenomenon occurs three times in 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of two times.)
Actual frequency from PCB2 is less than 10Hz (after inverter frequency output from PCB1).
Conditions of Activation: This alarm is indicated when PCB2 is not performed normally.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit


PCB2: Inverter PCB

Turn off power (LED201 OFF) No


and restart operation. No PCB2 is normal.
Is alarm code “55” indicated Check the noise filter. *1)
again?

Yes

Replace the PCB2.

*1): When the unit is applied the excessive surge current due to lighting or other causes, this alarm code “55” or the
inverter stoppage code (IT) “11” will be indicated and the unit can not be operated. In this case, check to ensure
the surge absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the
inner surface of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for PCB2’s LED201 (red) OFF
(approx. 5 min.) and turn ON again.

< Position of Surge Absorber >

Surge Absorber (SA)


(Surge Arrester)
NF1
E
OUT
IN
N N'
T
W
L3'
L3
V S
L2'
L2

U
E R
L1 L1'
Surge Absorber (SA)

(220V)
NF2

Lot E

Surge Absorber (SA)


(Surge Arrester)
(380-415V)

81
Alarm
Activation of Fan Controller Protection
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ IPM (Transistor Module) has detecting function of abnormality.


This alarm is indicated when the abnormality is detected ten times within 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of nine times.)
Conditions of Activation:
Abnormal Current to the Transistor Module such as Short Circuited or Grounded
or Overcurrent
or Control Voltage Decrease
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
Turn OFF the power supply.
Disconnect the faston terminal (U, V, W) No
and turn ON the DSW1-#1 of fan controller. Check the fan motor.
And then restart the operation.
Does it trip?
Yes, it trips.

Yes
Is the heat exchanger of Remove the clogging or
outdoor unit clogged? replace the heat exchanger.
No
Replace the fan controller.

NOTE:
When the unit is applied the excessive surge current due to lighting or other causes, this alarm code “57” or the
inverter stoppage code (IT) “11” will be indicated and the unit can not be operated. In this case, check to ensure
the surge absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the
inner surface of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for PCB2’s LED201 (red) OFF
(approx. 5 min.) and turn ON again.

< Position of Surge Absorber >


Surge Absorber (SA)
(Surge Arrester)
NF1
E
OUT
IN
N N' T
W

L3'
L3
V S
L2'
L2
U
E R

L1 L1' Surge Absorber (SA)

(220V)

NF2

Lot E

Surge Absorber (SA)


(Surge Arrester)

(380-415V)

82
Alarm
Abnormality of Fan Controller Fin Temperature
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when the abnormality of fin temperature occurs ten times within 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of nine times.)
Conditions of Activation: This alarm is indicated when the thermistor temperature inside the
transistor module exceeds 100oC.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Yes
Restart operation.
Does it trip soon? Replace the fan controller.

No

No Coat the silicon grease to all


Is the silicon grease coated all over the touched face between
between the transistor module and the the transistor module and the
radiated fin? radiated fin fully. *1)

Yes

Yes
Is the heat exchanger of Remove clogging.
outdoor unit clogged?
No
Failure of fan controller.
Replace the fan controller.

*1): Use the silicon grease provided as accessory.

83
Alarm
Activation of Fan Controller Overcurrent Protection Device (1)
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when fan controller electronic thermal protection is activated at ten times within
30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of nine times.)
Conditions of Activation:
Electric current with 105% of the rated current runs for 30 seconds continuously.
or
Electric current runs intermittently and the accumulated time reaches up to
3 minutes, in 10 minutes.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

Is the cause of
stoppage " " of "2"
troubleshooting by Refer to next page.
7-segments display
Restart operation. "2" or "4"?
"4"

Cause of fan controller overload

Is the fan controller Yes (Fan controller is normal.)


current larger than
activation current? *1)
Does the fan stop by
No the foreign matter?
Smaller than
activation current. Is fan rotated reversely
due to contrary wind?

Check for clogging of


the heat exchanger.

Check the fan motor.

Abnormal
Replace
the fan controller. *2)

*1): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.1.1.
*2): Perform electrical discharge when replacing or checking fan controller by referring to the item 1.3.3.

84
Alarm
Activation of Fan Controller Overcurrent Protection Device (2)
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code are indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.

★ This alarm is indicated when instantaneous overcurrent occurs at ten times within 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of nine times.)
Conditions of Activation: Fan controller current with 150% of the rated current.
PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit
PCB2: Inverter PCB

Turn off power and


No Yes disconnect U, V, W No Faulty
Restart operation. from fan controller Replace
Check
Does it trip soon? terminals. fan controller.
fan controller *1)
Turn ON #1 of DSW1
No It trips on PCB2 and restart. Normal
immediately. Does it trip?
Is there any cause No
Yes It trips.
of instantaneous Check the fan motor.
voltage decrease?
Yes Check the capacity
It trips after a and wiring of the
certain period. power source.

Replace the
fan controller.
It trips
occasionally.

Is the fan motor Yes


running current as
Check the fan motor.
same as rated
current? *2)
No
Replace
the fan controller.

No
Is the supply voltage
220V+10% or 240V+10%?
Yes
No Check the capacity
Is it 187V or more during operation? and wiring of the
power source.
Yes
No
Is it 187V or more during operation
when other devices are operating?
Yes
Replace
the fan controller.

*1): Perform electrical discharge when checking or replacing fan controller by referring to the item 1.3.3.
*2): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.1.1.

85
Alarm
Abnormality of Fan Controller Sensor
Code

★ Conditions of Activation:
This alarm is indicated when the following condition occurs.
• After fan motor operation is started, fan controller current does NOT exceed 1.5A.
• Before fan motor operation is started, fan controller peak current does NOT exceed 4A.

Restart operation.

Faulty fan controller


Fan motor stops and replace
immediately. fan controller. *1)
How is fan motor
operation when
restarted?
Fan motor is not operated.

Abnormal
Is the fan motor coil
Check the fan motor.
normal?

Normal
Faulty fan controller
and replace
fan controller. *1)

*1): Perform electrical discharge when checking or replacing fan controller by referring to the item 1.3.3.

Alarm
Compressor Protection Alarm
Code

★ This alarm code appears when one of the following alarms occurs three times within 6 hours, which
may result in serious compressor damages, if the outdoor unit is continuously operated without
removing the cause.

Alarm Code: Content of Abnormality


02 Activation of Protection Device (High Pressure Cut)
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
08 Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature
39 Abnormality of Running Current at Constant Speed Compressor
43 Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Device
44 Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Device
45 Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Device
47 Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device
(Vacuum Operation Protection)

These alarms are able to be checked by the CHECK Mode 1. Follow the action indicated in each
alarm chart.
These alarms are cleared only by turning OFF the main power switch to the system. However,
careful attention is required before starting, since there is a possibility which will result in
serious damages to the compressors.

86
Alarm
Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle No.
Code
● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB.

★ This alarm is indicated under the following conditions. Turn off the power source and check for DSW
and RSW settings.

Conditions Action
Unit No. (DSW6 and RSW1) or Refrigerant Cycle
No. (DSW5 and RSW2) are set above “64”. Set Unit No. and Refrigerant Cycle No. below “63”.
Or, more than 2 pins are set at DSW5 and DSW6.
Unit No. and Refrigerant Cycle No. are set from
Set Unit No. and Refrigerant Cycle No. from “0” to
“16” to “63”, AND indoor unit is not corresponding
“15”.
to H-LINK II.

Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection No. Setting
Code

● “RUN” light flashes and “ALARM” is indicated on the remote control switch.
● The unit No., alarm code and the unit code is alternately indicated on the set temperature section, and
the unit No. and alarm code is indicated on the display of the outdoor unit PCB1.
(“35” is indicated on the display of the remote control switch.)

★ This alarm is indicated under the following conditions.


Turn OFF the power supply and check the setting of DSW and RSW.
Conditions: More than 17 Indoor Unit (H-LINK) are connected to one system.
Countermeasure: Indoor Unit (H-LINK) should be 16 or less.

PCB1: Control PCB in Outdoor Unit

87
1.2.3 Troubleshooting in Check Mode by Remote Control Switch
JCWA11NEWQ
 Use the remote control CHECK switch in the following cases.
(1) When the RUN lamp is flashing.
(2) To trace back the cause of trouble after restarting from
stoppage with the RUN lamp flashing.
(3) To check during normal operation or stoppage. RUN/STOP TEMP

(4) To monitor the temperatures of intake and discharge air.


MODE FAN SPEED RESET
Check Check Mode 1: Current data will be displayed.
ON/OFF TIMER

Mode VENT LOUVER CHECK

Check Mode 2: Data held immediately before TIME

failure, will be displayed.

Normal Mode CHECK


NOTES:
Press for more  Indication will delay as transmission between the remote
control switch and indoor unit takes about 10 seconds.
than 3 seconds.
 All data may be displayed as "FF" or "-1" or "255".
These transient data produced temporarily by software do
not affect device functions at all. (The alarm code may also
be indicated as "FF".)
 If it is not indicated check mode 1, it has possibilities that
the transmission between remote control switch and
indoor unit is not correct.

COOL
HIGH
Alarm code identifying the last fault that has occurred in
Unit Number and ADDS. RN the indicated unit.
Alarm Code Displayed A/C Unit number of connected unit or unit number for which
CHECK checking mode was selected previously.

Perform within  Forward: Press the switch to rise


(A) 7 seconds to from 00 to 01 to 02 …
check another unit.  Backward: Press the switch to descend
After
from 15 to 14 to 13 …
7 seconds
HIGH
COOL
To View the Previous Indication
A/C
Check Mode 1 CHECK
TEMP
(See 1.2.3 (1) for details.) Press

HIGH
COOL
To View the Next Indication
A/C TEMP
CHECK
Press
CHECK
Press for more
Unit Number and
than 3 seconds.
Alarm Code Displayed
Press to view the next data.
HIGH Press to view the previous data.
See (A) COOL
ADDS. RN

After A/C
CHECK
7 seconds
 ADDS: Number of Indoor Unit in No. ** Cycle
Check Mode 2 HIGH RN: No. ** Refrigerant Cycle
COOL
(See 1.2.3 (2) for details.)
A/C
CHECK TEMP
Press  In Check Mode 2, Data of the first
three units connected serially to a
HIGH remote control switch are available.
COOL
 You can press the CHECK switch to
A/C release Check Mode 2.
Check Mode Released +
VENTI CHECK Check Mode 1 cannot be released
even if you press the CHECK switch.
CHECK
Press

88
Although the wireless remote controller is used for wall type indoor unit with built-in receiver part, the alarm
code can be checked by connecting JCWA11NEWQ to the connector of the unit and pressing the
operation switch. NOTES:
1. The unit is not operated by pressing operation switch.
2. The above function is available only when alarm occurs.
3. The PCB check by remote controller is not available.
4. The indication is the data when connecting JCWA11NEWQ, not the data before the alarm occurs.

(1) Contents of Check Mode 1


The next indication is shown by pressing the part of “TEMP” switch. If the part of “TEMP” switch is
pressed the previous indication is shown.

Temperature Indication Indication of Category Code


Indication of Temperature, etc.

Indoor Unit Temp. Normal ……Temperature Displayed


1
Setting (oC)
- - Thermistor Open-circuited
or or PCB Defected
Indoor Unit Abnormal 129 (Temp. for Top of Comp.: 129)
2 Intake Air Temp.
at Thermistor (oC)
F F Thermistor Short-circuited
or or PCB Defected)
Indoor Unit 255
3 Discharge Air Temp. or
at Thermistor (oC) 127 (Temp. for Top of Comp.: 127)

See "1.3.1 Self-Checking of PCBs using


Indoor Unit Heat Remote Control Switch".
4 Exchanger Liquid
Pipe Temp. (oC) (NOTE 1) During transient period such as starting time, etc.,
"- -" may be indicated for a limited time.

This is indicated only when a remote sensor is connected.


Temperature at The indication of "- -" is normally indicated.
5
Remote Sensor (oC)
JTHW series can not connect a remote sensor.
Therefore indication is "- -".

Outdoor Unit
6 Ambient Air Temp.
(oC)

Indoor Unit Heat


7 Exchanger Gas
Pipe Temp. (oC)

Outdoor Unit
8 Evaporating Temp.
during Heating (oC)

This indicates the internal information for the remote


9 Control Information control switch. JVOH,or this indication shows the
operating compressor quantity.

Discharge Gas
10 Temp. at the Top of (ex.) During two compressors operation, average
Comp. Chamber (oC) temperature of two compressors is indicated.
In case that temperature is higher than 126oC, " ".

to next page

89
Thermo Temp. of
11 Remote Control Heating Thermo-ON Alarm
Switch Cooling Thermo-ON
Dark
H2

Indication on Micro-Computer Input/Output 52H

Micro-Computer RUN/STOP TEMP

12 Input/Output in 52C1
20B 212
Indoor Unit X2 20A1 MODE FAN SPEED RESET
ON/OFF TIMER
X1 20C 52C2
VENT LOUVER CHECK

211 TIME

Micro-Computer CH1
13 Input/Output in 20CHG 20F1
Outdoor Unit 20F2 CH2

00 Operation OFF, Power OFF


01 Thermo-OFF (NOTE 1), Activating Float Switch
02 Alarm (NOTE 2)
03 Freeze Protection, Overheating Protection
05 Instantaneous Power Failure at Outdoor Unit, Reset
(NOTE 3)
06 Instantaneous Power Failure at Indoor Unit, Reset (NOTE 4)
07 Stoppage of Cooling Operation due to Low Outdoor Air
Temperature, Stoppage of Heating Operation due to
High Outdoor Air Temperature
Indication of Unit Stoppage Cause 09 Reversing Valve Changeover, Stoppage
10 Demand, Enforced Stoppage
14 Cause of Stoppage 11 Retry due to Pressure Ratio Decrease
12 Retry due to Low Pressure Increase
13 Retry due to High Pressure Increase
14 Retry due to Abnormal Current of Constant Compressor
15 Retry due to Abnormal High Temperature of Discharge
Gas, Excessively Low Suction Pressure
Abnormality Occurrence Counter 16 Retry due to Decrease of Discharge Gas Superheat
17 Retry due to Inverter Abnormality
Abnormality 18 Retry due to Voltage Decrease, Other Retry due to Inverter
15
Occurrence Times 19 Expansion Valve Opening Change Protection
21 Thermo-OFF by Oil Return Control
22 Hot Start of Outdoor Unit
26 Retry due to High Pressure Decrease
Instantaneous Power 28 Cold Draft Control
16 Failure Occurrence 30 Thermo-OFF due to Compressor Forced Stop
Times in Indoor Unit
32 Retry due to Excessive Outdoor Unit Number
(NOTE 1) Explanation of Term,
Thermo-ON: A condition that an indoor unit is
Transmission Error requesting compressor to operate.
Occurrence Times Thermo-OFF: A condition that an indoor unit is not
17 between Remote requesting compressor to operate.
Control Switch and (NOTE 2) Even if stoppage is caused by "Alarm", "02" is not
Indoor Unit always indicated.
(NOTE 3) If transmission between the inverter printed circuit board
and the control printed circuit board is not performed
Abnormality during 30 seconds, the outdoor unit is stopped.
18 Occurrence Times In this case, stoppage is d1-05 cause and the alarm
code "04" may be indicated.
on Inverter
(NOTE 4) If transmission between the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit is not performed during 3 minutes,
indoor units are stopped.
In this case, stoppage is d1-06 cause and the alarm
code "03" may be indicated.
Indication of Automatic Louver Condition
Countable up to 99.
Over 99 times, "99" is always indicated.
19 Louver Sensor (NOTE 1) If a transmitting error continues for 3 minutes, one
is added to the occurrence times.

to next page

90
Compressor Pressure/Frequency Indication

Discharge Pressure
20
(High) (x 0.1 MPa)

Suction Pressure
21
(Low) (x 0.01 MPa)

22 Control Information This is an indication for internal information for the remote
control switch. This does not have any specific meaning.

Operation
23 This is an indication for frequency of Inverter.
Frequency (Hz)

Indoor Unit Capacity Indication


The capacity of the indoor unit is indicated as shown
in the table below.
24 Indoor Unit Capacity
Capacity Code of Indoor Unit
Indication Code Equivalent Capacity (HP)
06 0.8
08 1.0
25 Outdoor Unit Code
n 10
13
1.3
1.5
14 1.8
16 2.0
18 2.3
Refrigerant Cycle 20 2.5
26
Number 22 2.8
26 3.0
32 4.0
40 5.0
Refrigerant Cycle 64 8.0
27
Number 80 10.0
"n" indicates total number of indoor units;
Expansion Opening Indication n= ~ , , , , , , ,
(10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
Indoor Unit
28 Expansion Valve
Opening (%) J3: 01 to 16
(01: when shipment (DSW5), Decimal Indication)
J4: 00 to 0F
Outdoor Unit (00: when shipment (DSW5), Indication with 16 numbers)
29 Expansion Valve
MV1 Opening (%)
In case of models without Expansion Valve (MV2),
the same figure is indicated.
Outdoor Unit
30 Expansion Valve
MV2 Opening (%)

Outdoor Unit
31 Expansion Valve
MVB Opening (%)

Estimated Electric Current Indication

Compressor The total current is indicated when several


32
Running Current (A) compressors are running.
In case of inverter compressor, the running current
Returns to Temperature Indication of primary side of inverter is indicated.
Temperature Indication

91
(2) Contents of Check Mode 2
The latest data of the first three indoor units only connected serially are indicated when more than
three indoor units are connected to one remote control switch.
By pressing the part of “TEMP” switch, the next display is indicated, If the part of “TEMP” switch

<

<
is pressed, the previous display is indicated.

Temperature Indication Indication of Category Code


Indication of Temperature, etc.

Indoor Unit Intake


1 Air Temp. at Normal ……Temperature Displayed
Thermistor (oC)
- - (Thermistor Open-circuited
or or PCB Defected)
Indoor Unit Abnormal 129 (Temp. for Top of Comp.)
2 Discharge Air Temp.
at Thermistor (oC)
F F (Thermistor Short-circuited
or or PCB Defected)
Indoor Unit Heat 255
Exchanger Liquid or
3
Pipe Temp. (Freeze 127 (Temp. for Top of Comp.)
Protection) (oC)
See "1.3.1 Self-Checking of PCBs using
Remote Control Switch"
Outdoor Air Temp.
4 (NOTE 1) During transient period such as starting time, etc.,
(oC)
"- -" may be indicated for a limited time.
(NOTE 2) All the data during the check mode 2 will be
changed to "00" if a power failure occurs during
Indoor Heat alarm indication.
5 Exchanger Gas
Pipe Temp. (oC)

Evaporating Temp.
6
at Heating (oC)

This is an indication for internal information for the


7 Control Information remote control switch.
This does not have any specific meaning.

Discharge Gas
8 Temp. at the Top of The average temperature of running compressors
Comp. Chamber (oC) is indicated.

to next page

92
Compressor Pressure/Frequency Indication

Discharge Pressure
9
(High) (x 0.1 MPa)

Suction Pressure
10
(Low) (x 0.01 MPa)

11 Control Information This is an indication for internal information for the remote
control switch. This does not have any specific meaning.

Operating
12 This is an indication for frequency of inverter.
Frequency (Hz)

Expansion Opening Indication


Indoor Unit
13 Expansion Valve
Opening (%)

Outdoor Unit
14 Expansion Valve
MV1 Opening (%)

Estimated Electric Current Indication

Compressor
15 The total value is indicated when two compressors
Running Current (A)
are running.
Returns to Temperature Indication
Temperature Indication

93
1.2.4 Troubleshooting by 7-Segment Display
Only the authorized person can check with this method. Operating conditions and each part of refrigeration
cycle can be checked by 7-segments and push switches on the PCB1 in the outdoor unit.
(1) Before Checking
(a) Turn ON main power source. Wait for more than 20 seconds to start checking.
(b) Checking Items
* Connecting Information
* Outdoor Unit Information
* Indoor Unit Information
* Cause of Alarm Code Information
* Alarm Code History Information
(c) Check the location of 7-segments and push switches.

AC220-240V is applied to PCB and electrical parts. Never touch electrical parts and wires when
checking.

(2) Location of Push Switches and 7-segments Display


The push switches and 7-segments display are located on the PCB1.

PSW2 PSW3
PSW5
SEG2 SEG1
20B 52C1
7-Segment
Display X1 20C
X2 212 20A1 52C2

PSW1 20CHG 20F1


20F2 211 CH2 CH1
PSW4 PCB1 Fan 20A2

94
(3) Protection Control Code on 7-Segment Display
* Protection control code is displayed on 7-segment during operation when a protection control is
activated.
* Protection control code is displayed while function is working, and goes out when released.
* When several protection control are activated, code number with higher priority will be indicated
(see below for the priority order).
(a) Higher priority is given to protection control related to frequency control than the other.
< Priority Order >
<1> Pressure Ratio Control <6> Low-Pressure Decrease Protection
<2> High-Pressure Increase Protection <7> Demand Current Control
<3> Current Protection (Running Current Limit Control)
<4> Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection <8> Low-Pressure Increase Protection
<5> Discharge Gas Temperature Increase Protection <9> High-Pressure Decrease Protection

(b) In relation to retry control, the latest retry code will be indicated unless a protection control related to
frequency control is indicated.
Code during
Code Protection Control Degeneration
Control
Pressure Ratio Protection Control

High-Pressure Increase Protection

Inverter Current Protection

Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection

Discharge Gas Temperature on Top of Compressor Increase Protection

Low-Pressure Decrease Protection

High-Pressure Decrease Protection


Without
Demand Current Protection Control

Low-Pressure Increase Protection

Code during
Code Retry Control Degeneration
Control
Pressure Ratio Decrease Retry

Low-Pressure Increase Retry

High-Pressure Increase Retry

Overcurrent Retry of Constant Speed Compressor

Discharge Gas Temperature Increase Retry/Low-Pressure Decrease Retry Without

Discharge Gas SUPERHEAT Decrease Retry

Inverter Abnormality Retry

Abnormal Inverter Voltage Retry/Inverter Failure Retry

High-Pressure Decrease Retry

NOTE:
(1) Retry indication continues for 30 minutes unless a protection control is indicated.
(2) Retry indication disappears if the stop signal comes from all rooms.
(3) The protection control code being indicated on 7-segment display is changed to an alarm code
when the abnormal operation occurs. Also, the same alarm code is indicated on the remote
control switch.
(4) In case that the degeneration control is activated, the indications Pc1 to Pc5 are indicated instead
of P01 to P05.
95
(4) Activating Condition of Protection Retry Control Code
Protection Control or Retry Control is performed to prevent the abnormal operation.
The activating conditions are shown in the table below.

Code Protection Control Activating Condition Remarks


Compression Ratio e>8.5
Pressure Ratio Protection
P01 or -
Control
Compression Ratio e<2.0
Discharge Pressure
High-Pressure
P02 Pd>3.45 (at Cooling Mode) -
Increase Protection
Pd>3.35 (at Heating Mode)
Inverter Output Current>(a)A (a)
P03 Inverter Current Protection 380-415V 22.5 -
220V 43.5

Inverter Fin Temperature


P04 Inverter Fin Temperature>80oC -
Increase Protection
Discharge Gas Temperature Temperature at the Top of Compressor
P05 -
Increase Protection Td>112oC
Low-Pressure Suction Pressure
P06 -
Decrease Protection Ps<0.1MPa
High-Pressure Discharge Pressure
P09 -
Decrease Protection Pd<1.0MPa
Demand Current Setting Value:
Demand Current Protection Running Current for Compressor>Demand Current Upper limit of total running current is
P0A
Control Setting Value set 100%, 80%, 70%, 60% and 40% at
normal operation.
Low-Pressure
P0d Suction Pressure>1.3MPa -
Increase Protection

Code Retry Control Activating Condition Remarks


Pressure Ratio When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P11 Pressure Ratio e<1.8
Decrease Retry "43" alarm is indicated.
Low-Pressure When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P12 Ps>1.4MPa
Increase Retry "44" alarm is indicated.
High-Pressure When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P13 Pd>3.8MPa
Increase Retry "45" alarm is indicated.
* ico<2.5A over 50ms
* ico>icomax over 50ms
ico: Running Current of Constant Compressor
Overcurrent Retry of icomax: Maximum Current of Constant Compressor When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P14
Constant Compressor Constant icomax "39" alarm is indicated.
Comp. 380-415V 220V
E655 15.5A 30.0A
E855 21.0A 41.0A

Discharge Gas Temperature>132oC over 10 minutes


Discharge Gas Temperature When activating 3 times in 60 minutes,
or
Increase Retry "08" alarm is indicated.
P15 Discharge Gas Temperature>140oC over 5 seconds
Low-Pressure When activating 3 times in 60 minutes,
Ps<0.09MPa over 12 minutes
Decrease Retry "47" alarm is indicated.
Discharge Gas SUPERHEAT<Tc+10 deg.
Discharge Gas SUPERHEAT over 30 minutes. When activating 3 times in 120 minutes,
P16
Decrease Retry "07" alarm is indicated.
Tc: Saturation Temperature
When activating 6 times in 30 minutes,
Instantaneous Overcurrent
"48" alarm is indicated.
When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
Abnormality of Current Sensor
"51" alarm is indicated.
P17 Inverter Abnormality Retry
When activating 7 times in 30 minutes,
IPM Error
"53" alarm is indicated.
o When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
Fin Temperature>100 C
"54" alarm is indicated.
When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
Insufficient Voltage at Inverter Circuit
Abnormal Inverter Voltage "06" alarm is indicated.
Retry When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P18 Excessive Voltage at Inverter Circuit
"06" alarm is indicated.
Actual Inverter Frequency is 0Hz over 3 seconds after When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
Inverter Failure Retry
Inverter Frequency is outputted. "55" alarm is indicated.
Pd<Ta/130+0.1MPa over 4 minutes
High-Pressure Decrease or
P26 Pd<1.0MPa over 60 minutes Without Alarm
Retry
Ta: Ambient Temperature

96
(5) Alarm Code
Refer to the item 1.2.1.
(6) Checking Method by Checking Mode

Menu Press PSW1 for once.


To Start Checking
Press PSW1 more than
3 seconds. Check Mode (A) Outdoor Combination Unit No.
“Menu” will be indicated. “CHEC” The outdoor combination unit No. is
indicated on the 7-segment display as follows.

External Unit Indication


Input/Output Unit A (No.0) PrT0
Details of External “ioST” Unit B (No.2) PrT2
Input/Output Setting is shown
Unit C (No.3) PrT3
in item 4.2.
And Function Setting is shown Function Indication Example
in item 4.3. Setting Unit A (No.1)
“FUNC”

Connecting Information The Details of indicated informations


shall be according to the (B)
Push Switch Operation “Connecting Information”.

Outdoor Unit Information The Details of indicated informations


PSW2 shall be according to the (C)
for Checking “Outdoor Unit Information”.

Indoor Unit Information The Details of indicated informations


PSW5 PSW1 PSW3 shall be according to the (D)
for Manual Enter for “Indoor Unit Information”.
Defrost Checking
PSW4 Cause of Alarm Code The Details of indicated informations
shall be according to the (E)
for Checking
“Cause of Alarm Code Information”.

History of Alarm Code The Details of indicated informations


shall be according to the (F)
“Alarm Code History Information”.

To Cancel Checking Method


Press “PSW1” for more than 3 seconds while “Menu Mode” is displayed.
The indication of LCD will be turned off and condition will return to normal.
NOTICE
Make sure to cancel Checking Mode after checking is completed.

(B) Connecting Information


This information is indicated on the unit A (main unit) only. Unit Indication
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or press PSW2 ( ) to backward. Unit A (No.0)
Select the outdoor unit No. for indication. Unit B (No.2)
Press PSW3 ( ) for details information of selected unit No..
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or PSW2 ( ) to backward. Unit C (No.3)
The information will be indicated alternately as “Item” “Details”
Press PSW5 ( ) for return to Outdoor Unit No. Selection.

Details of Indication
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Total Capacity of O.U. Combination
1 Total Capacity of Connected Outdoor Units
Refer to “Outdoor Unit Capacity Table”.
2 O.U. Constitution Quantities Constitution Quantities of O.U. Combination

3 Total Capacity of Connected Indoor Units Total Capacity of Connected Indoor Units

4 Connected I.U. Number Connected Indoor Unit Number

5 Refrigerant Group Refrigerant Group Number (0 to 64)


Total Capacity of Operated Indoor Units
6 Total Capacity of Operated I.U.
Refer to “Indoor Unit Capacity Table”.
7 Total Comp. Frequency Unit: Hz

8 Accumulated Operation Time Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)

97
(C) Outdoor Unit Information
Select the outdoor combination unit No. for indication. Unit Indication
When the selection is changed, press PSW4 ( ) to forward or PSW2 ( ) to backward. Unit A (No.0)
Select the outdoor combination unit No. for indication by pressing PSW4 or PSW2. Unit B (No.2)
Press PSW3 ( ) for details information.
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or PSW2 ( ) to backward. Unit C (No.3)
The information will be indicated alternately as “Item” “Details”
Press PSW5 ( ) for return to Outdoor Combination Unit No. Selection.

Details of Indication
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Unit Capacity Indication
1 Outdoor Unit Capacity
Refer to “Outdoor Unit Capacity Table”
Output State of Outdoor Micro-Computer Indication
2 Output State of Outdoor Micro-Computer
Refer to “Location of Push Switches and 7-Segment Display”
Running Frequency of
3 Running Frequency of INV. Compressor Indication (Hz)
Inverter Compressor MC1
4 Total Number of Running Compressor Total Number of Running Compressor Indication

5 Air Flow Rate Air Flow Rate Indication (0 to 25 Steps)


Outdoor Expansion Valve
6 Outdoor Expansion Valve MV1 Opening Indication (Unit: %)
MV1 Opening
Outdoor Expansion Valve
7 Expansion Valve Opening for Bypass Indication (Unit: %)
MVB Opening for Bypass
Unit: MPa
8 Discharge Pressure (High) Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Unit: MPa
9 Suction Pressure (Low) Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Unit: oC
10 Ambient Air Temperature (Ta) Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Discharge Gas Temperature Unit: oC
11 Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
on the Top of Compressor MC1 (TD1)
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Unit: oC
Discharge Gas Temperature Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
12
on the Top of Compressor MC2 (TD2) Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
14HP to 18HP only
Unit: oC
Evaporating Temperature
13 Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
TE at Heating
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Outdoor Heat Exchanger Unit: oC
14 Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
Gas Temperature
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Unit: oC
15 Supercooling Temperature Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
Unit: oC
16 Supercooling Temperature at Bypass Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit:
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit:
17 Inverter Fin Temperature Unit: oC

18 Fan Controller Fin Temp. Unit: oC

19 Compressor MC1 Current *1) Unit: A


Unit: A
20 Compressor MC2 Current *1)
14HP to 18HP only
21 Fan Motor (MFO1) Current *1) Unit: A
Accumulated Operation Time of
22 Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)
Compressor MC1
Accumulated Operation Time of Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)
23
Compressor MC2 14HP to 18HP only
Accumulated Operation Time of Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)
24
Compressor MC1 Accumulated operation time can be reset. *2)
Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)
Accumulated Operation Time of
25 14HP to 18HP only
Compressor MC2
Accumulated operation time can be reset. *2)
Refer to “Inverter
26 Cause of Inverter Stoppage
Stoppage Cause Table” Comp. No. O.U. No.
Refer to “Fan Controller
27 Cause of Fan Controller Stoppage
Stoppage Cause Table” Fan Controller No. O.U. No.
*1) The indicated current is reduced value. Use a clamp meter for the accurate current value.
*2) For resetting the accumulated operation time, press “PSW1 + PSW3” for 5 seconds while the accumulated data is displayed.
(Example)
SEG2 SEG1

NOTE: The outdoor unit No. is indicated on the one digit of “SEG1” .

Outdoor Unit Capacity Table


Capacity Horsepower NOTE:
Indication
(kW) (HP) In case of combination unit, the indication of outdoor unit capacity is
64 22.4 8.0 total capacity of constitution units.
80 28.0 10.0
96 33.5 12.0 < Example > In case of 54HP
112 40.0 14.0 54HP=18HPx3 144x3=432
128 45.0 16.0 Indication “432” will be displayed.
144 50.0 18.0

98
(D) Indoor Unit Information
This information is indicated on the unit A (main unit) only. Unit No. Indication
Select the indoor unit number for the information indication. No.0
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or press PSW2 ( ) for backward.
No.1
Select the indoor unit No. for indication.
Press PSW3 ( ) for details information of selected unit No..
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or PSW2 ( ) to backward. No.63
The information will be indicated alternately as “Item” “Details”
Press PSW5 ( ) for return to Indoor Unit No. Selection.

Details of Indication
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Unit Capacity Indication
1 Indoor Unit Capacity
Refer to “Indoor Unit Capacity Table”.
2 Expansion Valve Opening Unit: %

3 Heat Exchanger Liquid Piping Temp. Unit: oC

4 Heat Exchanger Gas Piping Temp. Unit: oC

5 Air Inlet Temp. Unit: oC

6 Air Outlet Temp. Unit: oC


Indoor Unit Stoppage Cause Code Indication
7 Unit Stoppage Cause Code
Refer to “Cause of Indoor Unit Stoppage Table”.
(Example)
SEG2 SEG1

NOTE: The indoor unit No. is indicated on “SEG1” .

 Indoor Unit Capacity Table


Capacity Horsepower Capacity Horsepower Capacity Horsepower
Indication Indication Indication
(kW) (HP) (kW) (HP) (kW) (HP)
6 2.2 0.8 16 5.6 2.3 40 14.0 5.0
8 2.8 1.0 18 6.3 2.5 48 16.0 6.0
10 3.6 1.3 20 7.1 2.8 64 22.4 8.0
11 4.0 1.5 22 8.0 3.0 80 28.0 10.0
13 4.5 1.8 26 9.0 3.3 128 45.0 16.0
14 5.0 2.0 32 11.2 4.0 160 56.0 20.0

(E) Cause of Alarm Code Information


This information is indicated on the unit A (main unit) only.
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or press PSW2 ( ) to backward.
The indication will be indicated alternately as “Item” “Details”.

Details of Indication
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Latest O.U. Stoppage Alarm Code Indication
1 Alarm Cause Code
Refer to “Alarm Code Table”.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
2
Pressure Ratio Decrease Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
3
High Pressure Increase Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
4
Inverter Fin Temp. Increase Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
5
Discharge Gas Temp. Increase Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
6
Td SH Decrease Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
7
Overcurrent Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.

99
(F) Alarm Code History Information
This information is indicated on the unit A (main unit) only. 7-Segment Display
If history of abnormality exists, it is indicated maximum 15 case in chronological order. Data No.
SEG2 SEG1
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or press PSW2 ( ) for backward.
1 (Latest Data)
Select the data No. for indication by pressing PSW4 or PSW2.
Press PSW3 ( ) for details information.
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or PSW2 ( ) to backward. 15 (Oldest Data)
Press PSW5 ( ) for return to Combination Unit No. Selection.

Details of Indication
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
O.U. Accumulated Operation Time at Stoppage
1 Unit Accumulated Operation Time
Unit: Hour (Indication x 10 Hours)
Alarm Stoppage

2 Cause of Stoppage Retry Stoppage

Control Information
Alarm and Stoppage Cause Code
O.U. No. is indicated on 10 digit of SEG2.
3 Alarm/Stoppage Cause Code Compressor and fan controller No. are indicated on one digit
of SEG2. Alarm and stoppage code are indicated on SEG1.
Inverter stoppage cause code is indicated
when IT code is existing on SEG2.
Fan controller stoppage cause code is indicated
when FT code is existing on SEG2.
Stoppage cause of constant speed compressor
4 Abnormal Data Indication
abnormal current is 0A stoppage.
Overcurrent Stoppage of Constant Speed Comp.

Except for the above.

100
(7) Running Current of Compressor
● Inverter Primary Current
The inverter primary current is estimated from the running current of the compressor MC1 indicated
on 7-segment, as chart below.

220V 380-415V
50 25

45

40 20

35 Upper Limit Upper Limit


Invent Primary Current (A)

Invent Primary Current (A)


30 15

25

Lower Limit Lower Limit


20 10

15

10 5

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 5 10 15 20
Running Current of Compressor MC1 Running Current of Compressor MC1
Indicated on 7- segment Indicated on 7- segment

● Indicated Running Current of Compressor MC2


The running current of the compressor MC2 is detected by current sensor. (CT2)

● Cause of Inverter Stoppage (Check Item “ ”) ● Cause of Fan Controller Stoppage (Check Item “ ”)
Code Cause Code Cause
IPM Error
Driver IC Error
(Overcurrent, Decrease Voltage, Short Circuit)

Instantaneous Overcurrent Instantaneous Overcurrent

Abnormal Inverter Fin Temperature Abnormal Inverter Fin Temperature

Inverter Overcurrent Inverter Overcurrent

Inverter Voltage Decrease Fan Controller Voltage Decrease

Inverter Voltage Increase Fan Controller Voltage Increase

Abnormal Inverter Transmission Abnormal Fan Controller Transmission

Abnormal Current Sensor Abnormal Current Sensor

Instantaneous Power Failure


Instantaneous Power Failure
Abnormal Power Source Phase

Micro Computer Reset Micro Computer Reset

Earth Fault Detecting Earth Fault Detecting

Abnormal Power Source Phase Reverse Rotation

Inverter Failure Fan Controller Retry

Abnormal Start-up Abnormal Control

Abnormal Start-up

101
1.2.5 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs
(Arrangement Inside of Electrical Box for 8HP to 18HP)

< 380-415V/50Hz>
Front Side (Main) Interior of Electrical Control Box (Main)

RS1 NF1
RS2
DCL1 FANM1 CB1
CMC1
PCB1 CB2
IPM DM
R2
EF1

NF2
EF2
PCB2 EF1
CB3 DCL2
TB1

Front Side (Sub Electrical Control Box, 14HP to 18HP)

EF3 EF4

CMC2

TB3

< 220V/60Hz >

Front Side (Main) Interior of Electrical Control Box (Main)

CMC1
DCL FANM
RS EF1
PCB1
IPM DM NF1 EF2

EF3
EF4

PCB2 CB
CMC2
TB1

102
■ Purpose

Symbol PCB Purpose


PCB1 for Control 1. Transmitting between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit
2. Processing for Sensor Input
3. Processing for Dip Switch Input
4. Operation Control for Above Items 1 to 3.
Compressor Operation Control, Bypass Valve Control, Fan Control
and Overcurrent Control
5. 7-Segment Indication
6. Processing of Safety Device Input
7. Processing of Relay Output
8. Reverse Phase Detection for Power Source
PCB2 for Inverter 1. Inverter power part is driven by instruction of PCB1 and
compressor is driven.
2. Overcurrent Control
3. Protection Control for Inverter Part
1. DC Fan Motor Speed Control
FANM for Fan
2. Overcurrent Control

a. Control Printed Circuit Board: PCB1

PSW4 PSW5 PSW1 PSW2 PSW3 DSW2 DSW3

DSW4

DSW5

DSW7

SEG2
DSW6

LED1
SEG1

RSW1

LED2
DSW1

LED3

LED4

DSW10

LED5

103
< Dip Switch Setting of Outdoor Unit >
TURN OFF all power sources before setting.
Without turning OFF, the switches do not work and the contents of the setting are invalid.
(However, DSW4-No.1, 2, 4 and push switches can be operated during power source is ON.)
The mark of “ ■ ” indicates the position of dip switches.

Arrangement of Dip Switch Setting Push Switches

PSW2 DSW2 DSW3 PSW2


PSW5 PSW1 PSW3 DSW4 DSW5
For Checking
SEG2 SEG1
PSW4 DSW6 DSW7
PSW5 PSW1 PSW3
DSW1 RSW1 For Enter For
Checking Checking
PSW4
DSW10 For Checking

DSW1 Ref. Cycle No. Setting DSW2 Capacity Setting


Setting is required. Setting No setting is required.
Setting Before Shipment Position
RSW1
DSW1 8HP 10HP 12HP
901 ON ON ON
ON
23
78

456
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

Tens Digit Last Digit


14HP 16HP 18HP
Set the unit number of outdoor unit at ON ON ON
each refrigerant cycle.
(Setting before shipment is unit 0.) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW4 Test Operation and Service Setting Emergency Operation /


DSW5
Test Operation and Service Setting
Setting is required. For Test Operation and
Operating Compressor No setting is required. Turn ON the dip switch
Setting Before Test Cooling Test Heating when use the below functions.
Shipment Operation Operation Setting Before
ON ON ON
Shipment
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Compressor Setting Item Pin No.
Forced Stop
Except No.1 Compressor Operation 1
ON
Except No.2 Compressor Operation 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 Refrigerant Amount Judgement 4

DSW6 Outdoor Unit No. Setting


Setting is required. Single Setting IMPORTANT NOTICE
(Setting Before Shipment)
ON The outdoor unit is not single,
the combination setting is necessary.
1 2 3 4 Be sure to do this setting.
Combination Setting
Unit A Unit B Unit C
(No.0 Unit) (No.2 Unit) (No.3 Unit)
ON ON ON

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

DSW3 DSW7 Power Supply Setting DSW10 Transmission Setting


Setting is Setting is required. Setting is required.
required.
220V Unit: 220V Setting Before Shipment For End Resistance Cancellation
380-415V Unit: 380V Setting Before Shipment
Setting Before End Resistance
ON Shipment Cancellation
ON
ON ON
1 2 3 4 220V
1 2 3 4
ON 1 2 1 2

1 2 3 4 380V
ON If the transmission circuit fuse is short circuited,
the printed circuit board PCB1 will be recovered
1 2 3 4 415V only once by turning DSW10 #2 pin on.

104
Part Name Contents of Functions
Power Source Indication for PCB1 (Low Voltage)
LED1 (Red) Normal Condition: Activated
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated
This LED2 indicates the transmission state between the PCB1 and PCB2.
LED2 (Green) Normal Condition: Flashing
Abnormal Condition: Activated or Deactivated
This LED3 indicates the transmission state between the indoor unit and
outdoor unit.
LEDs LED3 (Yellow)
Normal Condition: Flashing
Abnormal Condition: Activated or Deactivated
This LED4 indicates the transmission state between the outdoor units.
LED4 (Orange) Normal Condition: Flashing
Abnormal Condition: Activated or Deactivated
Power Source Indication for PCB1 (High Voltage)
LED5 (Red) Normal Condition: Activated
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated
These indicate the following “Alarm”, “Protective Safety Device has
SEGs SEG1, SEG2
Tripped” or “Checking Items”.

b. Inverter Printed Circuit Board: PCB2 (and Transistor Module)

C
LED201 (Red)

Fixing Screws for CN207


Transistor Module (M4)
CN206
Transistor Module LED202 (Yellow)
CN2
P DSW1
Screw (M5)
N

PCN301 PCB2 for Inverter


Fixing Screws for W V U
Transistor Module (M4)
Screw (M5)
Fixing Screws for
Transistor Module (M4)

Part Name Contents of Functions


Power Source Indication for PCB2
LED201 (Red) Normal Condition: Activated
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated
This indicates the state of microcomputer.
LED202 (Yellow) Normal Condition: Activated
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated

• DSW1
No setting is required.
When set No.1 pin to ON, the electric current detection is canceled. ON
OFF
No.1 pin should be set back to OFF after electrical work. 1 2 3

105
c. Fan Controller

< 380-415V/50Hz>

CN206 W
V DCL1
CN207 U
LED202 (Yellow)
DCL2 S
T

HIC1
P2
ON
1 2 3 4

Lot
102
DSW1 N
(L3)

LED501 (Red)

< 220V/60Hz >

CN206 W
V DCL1
CN207 U
LED202 (Yellow)
DCL2 S
T

HIC1
CB1
ON
1 2 3 4

Lot

102
DSW1 N
(L3)

LED501 (Red)

Part Name Contents of Functions


Power Source Indication for Fan Controller
LED501 (Red) Normal Condition: Activated
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated
This indicates the state of microcomputer.
LED202 (Yellow) Normal Condition: Activated
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated

• DSW1
No setting is required.
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4

106
1.3 Procedure of Checking Each Main Parts
1.3.1 Self-Checking of PCBs using Remote Control Switch
The following troubleshooting procedure is utilized for function test of PCBs in the indoor unit and outdoor
unit.
RUN/STOP

Press
Stop Operation

TEMP
TEMP RUN/STOP

PCB Check Mode Simultaneously depress MODE FAN SPEED ON/OFF TIMER RESET
CHECK two switches for 3 seconds.
VENT LOUVER CHECK
TIME

(ex.) Indication of Unit No. "1"

Indication of ADDS. RN

Unit Number
Indi-
Contents
After cation
7 Seconds Normal

Abnormality (Open-circuit, Short-circuit, etc.) in circuit for

Operating Automatic Intake Air Temp. Thermistor


PCB Check Discharge Air Temp. Thermistor

Liquid Pipe Temp. Thermistor


After Approx. 5 sec. (Max. 30 sec. in
Result Remote Thermistor Abnormality
case of transmission failure between
indoor unit and outdoor unit) Gas Pipe Temp. Thermistor
Indoor
Max. 3 Types of Abnormalities indicated. Remote Sensor Unit
PCB
Transmission of Central Station

Abnormality (1) EEPROM

Zero Cross Input Failure

After Transmission of Indoor Unit during


1 Second This Checking Operation

Transmission of Outdoor Unit


Abnormality (2) ITO Input Failure

PSH Input Failure


After Protection Signal Detection Circuit
1 Second
Phase Detection
Outdoor
Transmission of Inverter Unit
Abnormality (3) PCB
High Pressure Sensor

Comp. Discharge Gas Temp. Thermistor


After Low Pressure Sensor
Contents
1 Second
Heat Exchanger Evaporation Temp. Thermistor
to next page Ambient Air Temp. Thermistor

For performing the above checking in the case that the wireless remote control switch is used, perform
the following procedures;
(1) Turn OFF the power supply.
(2) Set Dip Switch (SW3 No.1 Pin) of the wireless receiver kit at “ON”
side.(3) Connect JCWA11NEWQ to the Terminal Board.
(4) Turn ON the power supply.
After completion of checking, turn OFF the power supply again and make connectors as before checking.

107
from previous page

CHECK In case that there is a second unit. TEMP

<Self-checking Indication of the Next Unit>

Press

(ex.)
Repetition of Self-checking of Unit No. "1". Indication of ADDS. RN

Unit No. "2"

After
7 Seconds

Result
After 1 to 5 Seconds

After 1 Second

Repetition

RESET

Release PCB
Check Mode

Press
NOTES:

(1) If this indication is continued and “J1” is not shown, this indicates that
ADDS. RN each one of indoor units is not connected to the remote control switch.
Check the wiring between the remote control switch and indoor unit.

(2) In this troubleshooting procedure, checking of the following part of the PCB’s is not available.
PCB in Indoor Unit: Relay Circuit, Dip Switch, Option Circuit, Fan Circuit, Protection Circuit
PCB in Outdoor Unit: Relay Circuit, Dip Switch, Option Circuit
(3) In the case that this troubleshooting is performed in the system using the central station, indication
of the central station may change during this procedure. However, this is not abnormal.

108
1.3.2 Self-Checking of Remote Control Switch

Changing of LCD Indication


1 Turn ON the power source. Only for Indicating
cancellation No. LCD Indication Period
(sec.)
of EEPROM,
depress the
Simultaneously depress the following
following 3 switches. (During For
3 switches 1 1 second
operation, they can be depressed.) simultaneously
2
TEMP MODE during changing
LCD indication.
TEMP
2 For
1 second

The LCD indication changes as


3 TEMP
shown in the right figure.
3 For
1 second
MODE
After the LCD indication changes
as shown in the right figure, the
RUN indicator flashes twice.
4 4 For
1 second
To 11

5 For
3 seconds
The LCD indication changes as
shown below.
Depress all the switches
(13 switches) one by one.
Every time the switch is depressed,
the number of the indication of (A)
part in the figure below increases
one by one.
A

NOTES:
1. Any order of depressing Unless all the switches are depressed,
switches is available. the checking do not proceed to the next item.
2. Depressing 2 or more switches
simultaneously is invalid and
not counted.

The LCD indication changes as


shown below.
The remote control switch
automatically starts to check the In case that the transmission circuit is abnormal,
6 transmission circuit. the LCD indication remains as the left figure and
the checking do not proceed to the next item.

To the next page

109
The LCD indication changes as
shown below.
The detected temperature of remote
control thermostat is indicated at
the part (A) in the figure below.
If the number "- -" or "FF" is indicated at the (A)
7 A part, the remote control thermostat is abnormal.

The LCD indication changes as In case of depressing the RESET switch or


shown below. leaving the switches for 15 seconds, the data
of EEPROM (storage cell inside of the remote
8 control switch) is cleared.
At this time, the number is indicated at the (A)
part shown in the figure below. When the
number "99" is indicated, EEPROM is abnormal.
In case that EEPROM is not canceled,
depress the CHECK switch.
A

The number indicated at the (A) part is "99",


the checking do not proceed to the next item.

Cancellation of EEPROM
The LCD indication changes as
shown below. 3

9
The LCD indication changes as
After several seconds are passed, shown below and the EEPROM is
the remote control switch is automatically canceled by the
automatically activated again. remote control switch.
11

When the remote control switch is


activated again, the RUN indicator
is ON and the operation is started.
Therefore, depress switch and
stop operation. The LCD indication changes as
RUN/STOP shown below.

12
NOTES: After several seconds are passed,
10 1. In case that the operation is not the remote control switch is
automatically started when the automatically activated again.
remote control switch is In this case, the operation is not
activated again, the detection started automatically.
circuit for momentary stoppage
may be abnormal.
However, it would not interfere
the normal operation.
2. There is a case that the
operation is automatically
stopped after the automatic
operation when the remote
control switch is activated again.

110
1.3.3 Procedure of Checking Other Main Parts
(1) High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts

Perform this high voltage discharge work to avoid an electric shock.

< Procedure >


(a) Turn OFF the main switches and wait for three minutes. Check to ensure that no high voltage
exists. If LED201 is ON after start-up and LED201 is OFF after turning OFF power source, the
voltage will decrease lower than DC50V.
(b) Connect connecting wires to an electrical solder bit
(c) Connect the wires to terminals, P and N on IPM. => Discharging is started, resulting in hot solder
bit. Pay attention not to short-circuit between terminal P and N.
(d) Wait for 2 or 3 minutes and measure the voltage once again. Check to ensure that no voltage is
charged.

Plug

Solder Bit

Connecting Wires
Transistor Module (IPM)

(2) Checking Method of Transistor Module (IPM)


Outer Appearance and Internal Circuit of Transistor Module

P
Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

Drive Circuit

B
Drive Circuit

N
Sensor
Over Heating
Protection Circuit

111
Remove all the terminals of the transistor module before check. If items (a) to (d) are performing and the
results are satisfactory, the transistor module is normal. Measure it under 1kΩ range of a tester. Do not
use a digital tester.

(a) By touching the + side of the tester to the P


terminal of transistor module and the - side
of tester to U, V and W of transistor module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are from 1 to 5kΩ, it is normal.

(b) By touching the - side of the tester to the P


terminal of transistor module and the + side
of tester to U, V and W of transistor module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are greater than 100kΩ, it is normal.

(c) By touching the - side of the tester to the N


terminal of transistor module and the + side
of tester to U, V and W of transistor module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are from 1 to 5kΩ, it is normal.

(d) By touching the + side of the tester to the N


terminal of transistor module and the - side
of tester to U, V and W of transistor module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are greater than 100kΩ, it is normal.

(3) Checking Method of Diode Module (DM)


Outer Appearance and Internal Circuit of Diode Module

112
If items (a) to (d) are performing and the results are satisfactory, the diode module is normal. Measure it
under 1kΩ range of a tester. Do not use a digital tester.

(a) By touching the + side of the tester to the +


terminal of diode module and the - side of tester
to the ~ terminals (3 NOs.) of the diode module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are from 5 to 50kΩ, it is normal.

(b) By touching the - side of the tester to the +


terminal of diode module and the + side of tester
to the ~ terminals (3 NOs.) of the diode module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are greater than 500kΩ, it is normal.

(c) By touching the - side of the tester to the -


terminal of diode module and the + side of tester
to the ~ terminals (3 NOs.) of the diode module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are from 5 to 50kΩ, it is normal.

(d) By touching the + side of the tester to the -


terminal of diode module and the - side of tester
to the ~ terminals (3 NOs.) of the diode module,
measure the resistance. If all the resistances
are greater than 500kΩ, it is normal.

(4) Checking Method of Capacitor


(a) Check that the screws are connected tightly. Screw
(b) Check that the capacitor is not tarnished or expanded.

* When checking the capacitor, disconnect the terminals B .


Do not disconnect the terminals A .

Capacitance 220V 380-415V


For Inverter 4700mF 4700mF
For Fan Controller - 2700mF

(5) Checking Method of Resistor


Measure the both ends of resistor as shown in the figure.
If the resistance is ∞Ω, it is abnormal.

Resistance 220V 380-415V


For Inverter RS 0.5kW -
RS1 - 0.5kW
RS2 - 0.5kW
R1 - 6.3kW
R2 - 10.5kW

113
(6) Checking of Fan Controller
(a) Turn OFF the power source switches before this work.
Also ensure that LED501 (Red) on the fan controller is turned OFF.
If LED501 is ON, electrical shock may occur.
(b) Disconnect all the wirings connected to the fan controller.
Measure the resistance between terminals using the tester. (Do not use a digital tester.)
When measuring, check the color of tester probe and the terminals to be measured as shown in the
table below.

Tester Probe R S
Resistance Range T
Red (+) - Black (-)
P1 - R
P1 - S P1
P1 - T N
R - N
S - N
T - N
1 kΩ and over
P1 - U
P1 - V
P1 - W
U - N
V - N
W - N
R - P1
S - P1
T - P1
N - R
N - S Resistance will gradually
N - T increase once after it
U - P1 is between 1700 kΩ to
V - P1 1900 kΩ. ( )
W - P1
N - U
N - V W
N - W V U LED501

( ) Leave at least 30 seconds when measuring the next terminals.

< DSW Initial Setting>


DSW1
1 2 3 4
OFF OFF OFF OFF

Regarding DSW setting, do not change from the original setting. Abnormal transmitting and fan controller
failure may occur if the setting is changed.

114
(7) Checking Method of Electronic Expansion Valve

Indoor Unit Electronic Expansion Valve Outdoor Unit Electronic Expansion Valve
Locked Check for the liquid pipe temperature during It is abnormal if the liquid pipe pressure does
with heating operation. not increase during cooling operation
Fully Closed It is abnormal if the temperature does not
increase.
Locked It is abnormal under the following conditions; It is abnormal if the liquid pipe pressure does
with The temperature of freeze protection not increase and the outlet temperature of the
Slightly Open thermistor becomes lower than the suction expansion valve decreases after the cooling
air temperature when the unit under operation is started.
checking is stopped and other units are
under cooling operation.
Locked It is abnormal under the following conditions;
with Electronic Expansion Valve After heating operation for more than 30 min.,
Fully Open Freeze Protection the discharge gas temperature of compressor
Thermistor is not 10oC higher than the condensing
temperature and there is no other faults such
as excessive charge of refrigerant, etc.

Unit Other
Under Units
Checking

115
(8) Checking of Electrical Coil Parts

Resistance
Name of Parts Model Electrical Wiring Diagram Wiring No.
(Ω)
DC Fan Motor U: Red
for Outdoor Unit
(8HP to 12HP) White-Black
DMSBA8PQH 2.58+0.3
Black-Red
at 20oC
Red-White
750W
V: White W: Black

DC Fan Motor U: Red


for Outdoor Unit
(14HP to 18HP) White-Black
ECW8802AH 0.794+5%
Black-Red
at 20oC
Red-White
1200W
V: White W: Black

Resistance
Name of Parts Model
(Ω)
Solenoid Valve for Gas Bypass

1,250
SR10PA
at 20oC

Reversing Valve
Coil: STF-01AJ502D1 (50Hz)
STF-01AI511A1 (60Hz)
1,130 (220V/60Hz)
+
at 20oC
Body: STF-0401G (8-12HP)
STF-0712G (14-18HP)

Compressor Motor
(for Inverter Compressor) 0.199 (220V/60Hz)
0.839 (380-415V/50Hz)
E656DHD
at 75oC

Compressor Motor
(for Constant Compressor) 0.707 (220V/60Hz)
2.907 (380-415V/50Hz)
E655DH
at 75oC

Compressor Motor
(for Constant Compressor) 0.520 (220V/60Hz)
2.296 (380-415V/50Hz)
E855DH
at 75oC

116
(9) Checking of Compressor

CHECK LIST ON COMPRESSOR

CLIENT: MODEL: DATE:


Serial No.: Production Date: Checker:

No. Check Item Check Method Result Remarks


1 Are THM8 and THM9 correctly (1) Are wires of each thermistor correctly
connected? connected by viewing?
(2) Check to ensure that 7-segment indication of
THM8 and THM9: Td1 is higher than Td2 when No.1 comp. is
Discharge Gas Thermistor operating.

Td1: Temperature of THM8


Td2: Temperature of THM9
2 Are thermistor, THM8 and THM9 (1) Check to ensure that thermistor on the top of
disconnected? comp. is correctly mounted by viewing?
(2) Check to ensure that actually measured
temp. are greatly different from the indication
(Td1, Td2) during check mode.
3 Are connectors for current sensor (1) Check to ensure that 7-segment indication
correctly connected? A1 and A2 are 0 during compressor
4 Is current sensor faulty? stopping.
(2) Check to ensure that indication A1 and
5 Is current sensing part on PCB2 faulty? A2 are not 0 during compressor running.
(However, A2 is 0 during stopping of No.2
comp.)
6 Is the direction of current sensor (CTU, Check the direction => by viewing.
CTV) reverse?
7 Are power source wires, U and V Check to ensure that wires are correctly
inserted correctly into current sensor? inserted.
8 Are expansion valves (MV1 and MVB) Check to ensure that MV1 to CN10 and MVB to
correctly connected? CN12 are correctly connected.
9 Are expansion valve coils (MV1 and Check to ensure that each coil is correctly
MVB) correctly mounted? mounted on the valve.
10 Are the refrigeration cycle and electrical Check to ensure that refrigerant is flowing into
wiring system incorrectly connected? indoor units by operating one refrigerating cycle
only from the outdoor unit.
11 Is opening of expansion valve Check the following by the check mode of
completely closed (locked)? outdoor units.
(1) Liquid Pipe Temp. (TL) < Air Intake Temp. (Ti)
during Cooling Operation
(2) Liquid Pipe Temp. (TL) > Air Intake Temp. (Ti)
during Heating Operation
12 Is opening of expansion valve fully Check to ensure that liquid pipe temp. is lower
opened (locked)? than air intake temp. of stopping indoor unit
when other indoor units are operating under
cooling operation.
13 Are the contacts for comp. magnetic Check the surface of each contact by viewing.
switch CMC1 and CMC2 faulty?
14 Is there any voltage abnormality among Check to ensure that voltage imbalance is
L1-L2, L2-L3 and L3-L1? smaller than 3%.
Please note that power source voltage must be
within 415V or 380V+10% or 220V+10%.
15 Is the comp. oil acidified during Check to ensure that the oil color is not black.
compressor motor burning?

117
Additional Information for “CHECK LIST ON COMPRESSOR”

Check
Additional Information (Mechanism of Compressor Failure)
Item
1&2 The liquid refrigerant return volume to the compressor is controlled by the discharge gas
temperature Td1 when only No.1 compressor is operating. If Td1 and Td2 are reversely
connected, the liquid refrigerant return volume will become small by detecting the temperatures
even if the actual discharge gas temperature is high. Therefore, this abnormal overheating
operation will result in insulation failure of the motor winding.
3, 4 & 5 Overcurrent control (operating frequency control) is performed by detecting current by the current
sensor. In this case, winding insulation failure will occur, since control is not available in spite of
actually high current.
6&7 The current sensor checks phase and adjusts output electrical wave in addition to the above
mentioned items. If fault occurs, the output electrical wave becomes unstable giving stress to the
motor winding, resulting in winding insulation failure.
8&9 During a cooling operation, Pd is controlled by fan revolution of outdoor unit, and Td and SH are
controlled by MV of each indoor units.
During a heating operation, Td and SH are controlled by MV1.
If expansion valves are incorrectly connected, correct control is not available, resulting in
compressor seizure depending on liquid refrigerant returning conditions or motor winding
insulation failure depending on overheating conditions.
10 If the refrigeration cycle and electrical system are incorrectly connected, abnormally low suction
pressure operation is maintained or abnormally high discharge pressure operation is maintained,
resulting in giving stress to the compressor, since their correct control is not available.
11 ditto
12 The compressor may be locked due to the liquid return operation during the cooling operation.
13 In the case that the contacting resistance becomes big, voltage imbalance among each phase will
cause abnormal overcurrent.
14 In this case, overcurrent will occur, efficiency will decrease or the motor winding will be
excessively heated.
15 In the case, it will result in motor burning or compressor seizure.

118
1.4 Test Run

Turn OFF all the power source switches.


Use a tester and make sure that all the switches are turned OFF.

Before test run, check that the unit is appropriately installed according to Installation & Maintenance Manual.
After that, inspect the following items.

Check Item Contents


1 Damage Are the unit appearance and inside of the unit damaged?
2 Fan Motor Is the fan motor runner mounted in the center of the casing?
Is the fan motor mounted away from the casing?
(The fan motor should NOT be touched with the casing.)
3 Screw Part Are the screws loosened due to the vibration during transportation?
Check that the screw part is fixed firmly when installing, especially for the screw of
electrical wiring.
4 Refrigerant Leakage Check that there is NO refrigerant leakage.
The tightening part of pipe (flare part) may be loosened due to the vibration during
transportation.
5 DSW Setting Check the DSW setting is the same as before shipping. (Refer to the item 1.2.5.)
6 Insulation* Measure resistance between electrical component terminal and ground with a tester.
It is normal if the resistance is 1MW and over.
If 1MW or less, do not perform the operation due to insulation failure of electrical
charge part. Do NOT apply electricity to the terminal board of operating line. (Control
PCB may be damaged.)
7 Stop Valve Prior to test run, check that the stop valve of the outdoor unit is completely open.
Fully Opening
8 Power Source Phase The operation is NOT available with the incorrect power phase order or lacking
phase.
• Alarm “05” will be indicated on the LCD of remote control switch.
• “05” will be indicated on the 7-segment of outdoor unit.
Check the power source phase according to the caution label attached close to the
outdoor unit terminal board or rear side of the service cover.
9 Turn ON Crankcase After completion of the check item 1 to 8, turn ON the power supply of the outdoor
Heater * unit. The electricity is supplied for the crankcase heater to warm the compressor.
The compressor may be damaged without preheating. Therefore, the compressor
should be activated after the power supply is turned ON for at least 12 hours.
10 Indoor and Outdoor <For Use in both Cooling and Heating Operation>
Temperature Is indoor temperature DB27oC or less during heating operation?
(Heating operation may not be operated due to the activation of the overload
operation prevention under the ambient temperature of 19oC or over.)
To perform the test run, set the test run mode by the remote control switch.
<* Insulation Resistance>
In case that the unit has been turned OFF for long periods, insulation resistance may decreases to 1MW or less
because the refrigerant is retained in the compressor. Check the following points.
(a) Disconnect the cables of the compressor and measure the insulation resistance of the compressor itself. If the
resistance is 1MWand over, insulation failure of other electrical charge part has occurred.
(b) If the resistance is 1MW or less, reconnect the compressor and turn ON the main power supply. The compressor
will be warmed up automatically. Check the insulation resistance again after applying current for at least 3 hours.
(Preheating time depends on the air condition, piping length or refrigerant condition.)
Before the leakage breaker is activated, check the rated capacity.
<* Stoppage of Compressor Operation>
The compressor may NOT be available for the max. 4 hours if the power supply is NOT turned ON in advance.
At this time, the stoppage Code (d1-22) is displayed on the LCD of remote control switch and the forced Thermo-OFF
function is started.
If operating compressor is necessary, turn ON the power supply of outdoor unit, wait for 30 seconds and press PSW5
on the outdoor PCB1 for at least 3 seconds. The forced Thermo-OFF function (d1-22) will be cancelled and the
compressor operation will be available.

119
1.4.1 Test Run by Remote Control Switch

(1) Turn ON the power source of the indoor and outdoor units. Counting Number of
(2) Set the TEST RUN mode by the remote control switch. Connected Units HIGH SET TEMP.
COOL
UNIT

Depress the "MODE" and the "CHECK" switches


A/C
CHECK

simultaneously for more than 3 second. RUN / STOP TEMP.

Operation Lamp
If "TEST RUN" and the counting number of the MODE FAN SPEED ON/OFF TIMER RESET

connected units to the remote control switch MODE

(for example "05") are indicated on the remote CHECK


VENTI LOUVER
TIME
CHECK

control switch, the connection of remote control


cable is correct.

If no indication or "00" appears or the number Remote Control Switch


of the units indicated is less than the actual
number of the units, some abnormalities exist.

(3)
Remote
Control Switch Fault Inspection Points after the Power Source OFF
Indication
No Indication * The power source is not turned ON. 1. Connection between Connector and Wires
* The connection of the remote control 2. Connecting Points of Remote Control Cable
cable is incorrect. 3. Contact of Connectors of Remote Control Cable
* The connecting wires of power supply 4. Connection Order of each Terminal Boards
line are incorrect or loosened. 5. Screw Fastening of each Terminal Boards
Counting * The setting of unit number is incorrect. 6. Dip Switch Setting on Printed Circuit Board
number of * The connection of control cables between 7. Wire Connecting Order of Bridge Cable
connected units each indoor units are incorrect. 8. Connecting Points of Bridge Cable
is incorrect. (When one remote control switch controls 9. Contact of Connectors of Bridge Cable
multiple units.)
Back to (1) after checking
(4) Select TEST RUN MODE by depressing MODE switch. (COOL or HEAT)
(5) Depress RUN/STOP switch.

The "TEST RUN" operation will be started. (The "TEST RUN" operation will be finished after 2 hours
unit operation or by depressing the RUN/STOP switch again.)

If the units do not start or the operation lamp on the remote control switch is flashed,
some abnormalities exist.
(6)
Remote Control Inspection Points after the
Unit Condition Fault
Switch Indication Power Source OFF
The operation lamp The unit does not The connecting wires of operating 1. Connecting Order of each Terminal Boards.
flashes. (1 time/1 sec.) start. line are incorrect or loosened. The fuse on the PCB may be blown out
And the Unit No. and due to miswiring. (Can be recovered only
Alarm Code "03" flash. once by the DSW on the PCB)

Procedures for Recovery When Transmitting


Circuit Fuse is Blown Out
1. Correct the wiring for the terminal board.
2. Setting position of the model code are shown below.
Indoor PCB DSW7

JTHW 22~40
ON OFF Outdoor PCB DSW10
JTKF,JTDL ON
ON
JTHW 56~63 OFF
JTFC 1 2 OFF
1 2

2. Screw Fastening of each Terminal Boards.


3. Connecting Order of Power Line Between
Indoor Units and Outdoor Unit.
The operation lamp The unit does not The connection of remote control This is the same as item (3)-1, 2 and 3.
flashes. (1 time/2 sec.) start. cable is incorrect.
Indication of flash The unit does not The connection of the thermistors Check by the alarm code table in the service
different to above. start, or starts once or other connectors are incorrect. manual. (Do it by service people.)
and then stops. Tripping of protector exists, or else.
The operation lamp The unit does not The connecting wires of operating Check by the alarm code table in the service
flashes. (1 time/1 sec.) start. line are incorrect or loosened. manual. (Do it by service people.)
And the Unit No. 00.
Alarm Code dd and
Unit Code E.00 flash.
Back to (1) after checking

120
1.4.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side
The procedure of test run from the outdoor unit side is indicated below. Setting of this dip switch is available
with the power source ON.
Setting of Dip Switch (Before Shipment)
DSW4
Switch for Setting of Service Operation and Function
1. Test Run
2. COOL/HEAT Setting
ON
(ON: Heating Operation)
OFF 3. OFF (Fixed)
4. Manual Compressor OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
5. OFF (Fixed)
6. OFF (Fixed)

● Do not touch any other electrical parts when operating switches on the PCB.
● Do not attach or detach service cover when the power source for the outdoor unit is ON and the
outdoor unit is operated.
● Turn all the dip switches of DSW4 OFF when the test run operation is completed.

Dip Switch Setting Operation Remarks


1. Setting of Operation Mode 1. The indoor unit automatically * Take care that the indoor units operate
Cool: Set DSW4-2 OFF. start to operate when the test run in accordance with the test run
of the outdoor unit is set. operation of the outdoor unit.
ON 2. The ON/OFF operation can * The test run is started from the outdoor
OFF be performed from the remote unit and stopped from the remote
1 2 3 4 5 6 control switch or DSW4-1 of the control switch, the test run function of
outdoor unit. the remote control switch is cancelled.
Heat: Set DSW4-2 ON. 3. Continuous operation during However, the test run function of the
2 hours is performed without outdoor unit is not cancelled. Check to
ON Thermo-OFF. ensure that the DSW4-1 of the outdoor
OFF unit PCB is turned OFF.
1 2 3 4 5 6 * In case that the plural indoor units are
connected with one remote control
2. Starting Test Run switch, perform the test run operation
Set DSW4-1 ON and the operation is at each refrigerant system one by one.
started after a few ~ 20 seconds. Then, make sure to turn the power
Test Run source OFF for the indoor units at other
When heating operation,
refrigerant system not to operate test
leave DSW4-2 at ON.
run.
ON
OFF Outdoor Unit
1 2 3 4 5 6

Indoor
Unit

Test Run Power OFF.

* The setting of DSW4 is not required


for the test run from the remote control
switch.

121
Dip Switch Setting Operation Remarks
1. Setting 1. When DSW4-4 is ON during * Do not repeat compressor ON/OFF
*Compressor Manual OFF: compressor operation, frequently.
Set DSW4-4 ON. the compressor stops to operate
immediately and the indoor unit
ON is under the condition of Thermo-
OFF
OFF.
1 2 3 4 5 6 2. When DSW4-4 is OFF,
Manual
the compressor starts to operate
OFF of
2. Reset after the cancellation of 3-minutes
Comp.
*Compressor ON: guard.
Set DSW4-4 OFF.

ON
OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

1. Manual Defrost Operation 1. Defrost operation is available * Do not repeat defrost operation
Press PSW5 for more than regardless of frosting condition frequently.
3 seconds during heating and total time of heating * When manual defrost operation is
operation, the defrost operation is operation. accepted by PSW5, the time left before
started after 2 minutes. 2. Defrost operation is not starting defrost operation is indicated at
Manual This function is not available within performed when the temperature the 7-segment indicator on the PCB.
Defrost 5 minutes after starting heating of outdoor heat exchanger is
operation. higher than 10oC, high pressure
2. Manual Defrost Operation Completion is higher than 3.3MPa or Thermo-
Defrost operation is automatically OFF. Time Left (Every 4 Seconds)
ended and the heating operation is
restarted.

When the test run operation is completed, turn all switches of DSW4 OFF.

(1) During the test run mode, the following default indication will appear.
(a) Cooling (b) Heating

(2) If the remote control switch is set to a different mode, the test run function will not start. In this case,
perform the following actions before the test run.
Remote Control Switch: STOP
Central Station: STOP and Remote Control Switch is available mode.
COOL/HEAT Changeover Switch: Connector (CN17) of Outdoor PCB is opened.
During the test run mode, do not change the remote control switch setting, the central station setting
and cool/heat changeover switch setting.
(3) If an alarm code is indicated during the test run, reset the system by turning the main power supply off
then back on. The system should then operate.

122
1.4.3 Checking at Test Run

(1) Indoor and Outdoor Fan


Inspect that the indoor fan and outdoor fan rotate correctly and the air flow is smooth.
(2) Power Supply Voltage < Voltage Change >
Check the power supply.
If the power supply is abnormal, contact with electric Initial Voltage
(V1)
power company. Operating Voltage
Usually, voltage drop will occur when starting as shown (V3)
in the figure (V2).
In order to protect device, comply with the following Starting Voltage
normal range of the power supply voltage. (V2)

<Normal Range of Power Supply Voltage>


• Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage < +10% Operating Voltage (V3): Rated Voltage < +10%
• Starting Voltage (V2): Rated Voltage > -15% Voltage Imbalance between Phase: < 3%
(3) Normal Operating Pressure
Normal operating suction pressure is 0.2 to 1.1MPa and normal operating discharge pressure is 1.0 to
3.5MPa when the refrigerant charge is correct. Check the operation pressure by the test run mode.
(4) High Pressure Switch
Check the operation pressure of the high pressure switch in the table below.

Refrigerant Operation Pressure


R410A 4.15MPa

(5) High Pressure Increase Retry (Protection Control)


(a) The high pressure will be increased when the following procedure is performed.

Cover the air inlet of outdoor unit Cover the air inlet of indoor unit
during cooling operation. during heating operation.

(b) When the high pressure retry control is activated, alarm code “ ” will be indicated on the
7-segment of outdoor unit PCB. If the high pressure retry control occurs 3 times or more within 30
minutes, alarm code “ ” will be indicated on the LCD of remote control switch or the 7-segment of
outdoor unit PCB.
<Performed from JCWA11NEWQ>
• Alarm code “ ” will be indicated.
• The operation lamp will be flashed. HIGH
COOL
NOTE:
A/C
The high pressure may not increase until the high ALARM

pressure switch is activated due to the temperature RUN/STOP TEMP.


condition.

(b)

123
1.4.4 Checking List for Refrigerant Cycle

CHECK LIST ON TEST OPERATION

CLIENT: INSTALLER: DATE:

O.U. MODEL: O.U. SERIAL NO.: CHECKER:

I.U.
Model
I.U.
Serial No.
I.U.: Indoor Unit, O.U.: Outdoor Unit
Piping Length: m Additional Refrigerant Charge: kg

(1) General
No. Check Item Result
<Combination of Base Units>
1
Is DSW6 setting for outdoor unit No. correct?
Are the power source wire and the transmitting wire apart from
2
refrigerant pipings?
3 Is an earth wire connected?
4 Is there any short circuit?
Is there any voltage abnormality among each phase?
5
(R-S, S-T, T-R)

(2) Refrigerant Cycle


a. Operation (Cooling/Heating)
No. Check Item Result
1 Operate all the units (“TEST RUN” mode).
2 Operate all the indoor units at “HIGH” speed.
In case that the constant compressor is turned ON and OFF
3
repeatedly, switch off an indoor unit (small capacity one).

b. Sampling Data (Cooling/Heating, Indoor Temperature 21~30oC)


No. Check Item Result
1 Check the operating data after the 20 minutes operation.
2 Check Pd and Td. Is Td-SH 15 to 45 deg.?
3 Is Ps 0.2 to 1.1 MPa?
Is Pd 1.0 to 3.5 MPa?
4
(If the outdoor temperature is high, Pd becomes high.)

NOTE:
The symbol with an underline indicates checking item.

124
(3) Check Item after Sampling Data
a. Cooling Operation (It is applicable when outdoor temperature is higher than 15°C.)
No. Check Item Standard Causes Result
1 Is fan actually running when • Fan Motor Failure
Fo (Air Flow Rate of O.U. Fan) is not “0”? - • PCB1 Failure
• Condenser Failure
2 Is the total of iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) • Low Excessive
abnormally low or high? Refrigerant
• High Insufficient
-
Refrigerant or
Excessive Pipe
Pressure Loss
3 Is TL (Liquid Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) It is normal when • TL Thermistor Failure
lower than Ti (Intake Air Temp. of I.U.)? TL-Ti < -5 deg. • I.U. Ex. Valve;
Fully Closed
• Short-Circuit
4 Is TG (Gas Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) It is normal when • TG Thermistor Failure
lower than Ti (Intake Air Temp. of I.U.)? TG-Ti < -5 deg. • I.U. Ex. Valve;
(It is applicable when Intake Air Temp. is 3 deg. Fully Closed or
higher than Setting Temp.) Slightly Open
• Short-Circuit
5 Is there any excessive difference among I.U. It is normal if the • TL/TG Thermistor
at SH (TG-TL) of I.U. heat exchanger? difference Failure
(It is applicable when Intake Air Temp. is 3 deg. among units is • I.U. Ex. Valve;
higher than Setting Temp.) within 7 deg. Fully Open, Slightly
Open or Fully Closed
6 Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger It is normal if SH • I.U. Ex. Valve;
SH (TG-TL) excessively different from other is within - 3 deg. Locked with Fully Open
units’ value and is iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) lower than other • Mismatched Wiring and
lower than “7”? units. Piping
7 Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger It is normal if SH • I.U. Ex. Valve;
SH (TG-TL) excessively different from other is within + 3 deg. Locked with Slightly
units’ value and is iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) higher than other Open or Closed
lower than “100”? units. • Mismatched between
Wiring and Piping
8 Is the temperature difference between I.U.* more
than 7 deg.?
* The temperature difference between I.U. means
the following; - -
b3 (Discharge Air Temp.) - b2 (Intake Air
Temp.) indicated on the remote control switch
by check mode.

125
b. Heating Operation (It is applicable when outdoor temperature is higher than 0°C.)

No. Check Item Standard Causes Result


1 Are oE1 and oE2 (O.U. Ex. Valves Opening) • Low Excessive
abnormally low or high when TdSH is 15 Refrigerant
-
to 45 deg.? • High Insufficient
Refrigerant
2 Is Pd “1.6” to “3.5”? • Low Solenoid
(Pd is high when the indoor temperature is high.) Valve SVA Leakage
- • High Excessive
Gas Pipe Pressure
Loss
3 Is Ps “0.2” to “1.1”? • Low O.U. Short-
circuit
• Low/High O.U. Fan
- Motor Failure,
Fan Module Failure or
Outdoor Ambient
Thermistor Failure
4 Is the temperature difference between I.U.* more • Failure such as
than 10 deg. when iE (I.U. Ex. Valve) is “100”? PCB, Wiring,
* The temperature difference between I.U. means I.U. Ex. Valve and Coil
the following; • Excessive Pipe
b3 (Discharge Air Temp.) - b2 (Intake Air Pressure Loss
-
Temp.) indicated on the remote control switch • Thermistor Failure
by check mode. for Discharge Air
However, this is applicable only when b2 (Intake
Air Temp.) - b1 (Setting Temp.) is higher than
3 deg.

NOTE:
The symbol with an underline indicates checking item and the mark “ ” indicates checking data.

126
1.4.5 Automatic Judgement System for Refrigerant Amount

Outdoor Air Temperature [oC]


Refrigerant Amount Judgement

43

< Prior to Refrigerant Amount Judgement >


(1) Check the indoor and outdoor air temperature in the figure.
10
(2) Calculate refrigerant amount for the pipe length and add it.

< Procedure of Refrigerant Amount Check Operation > 0 10 20 32


(1) Check all the switches of indoor units are turned OFF. Indoor Air Temperature [oC]
(2) Turn No.4 of DSW5 (PCB1 of main outdoor unit) ON as shown in the figure.
Then, 7-segment display will be indicated as shown below.
DSW5-4
7-segment Display
ON

1 2 3 4 5 6
The refrigerant amount judgement is carried out automatically during cooling
operation. (This function is NOT available during heating operation.)
Before starting, check the indoor and outdoor air temperature.
(3) Check the 7-segment display and press PSW1.
The outdoor fan and compressor will be activated and the
7-segment display will be indicated as shown below.

The judgement takes 30 to 40 minutes.


Refer to the table below for the result indication.
When the judgement result is excessive refrigerant, insufficient
refrigerant or abnormal termination, find out the cause of
abnormality and perform the refrigerant amount check operation
again.

Judgement Result Indication


7-segment
Result Remarks
Indication
Sufficient The refrigerant amount is sufficient.
Refrigerant * Turn No.4 of DSW5 OFF and perform Test Run.
The refrigerant amount is excessive.
Excessive * Calculate the additional refrigerant amount according to the piping length.
Refrigerant Collect the refrigerant using a collector and charge the correct refrigerant
amount.
The refrigerant amount is insufficient.
Insufficient * Check if the additional refrigerant has been charged.
Refrigerant * Calculate the additional refrigerant amount according to the piping length and
charge the refrigerant.
Find out the cause of abnormal termination as shown below. After resolved the
cause of abnormal termination, restart the check operation.
(1) Is No.4 pin of DSW5 ON before turning on the power supply?
(2) Are all indoor units ready and waiting, before turned ON No.4 pin of DSW5?
(3) Is the outdoor ambient temperature within the applicable range (-5 to 43oC)?
Abnormal
(In some cases, when the connected indoor unit number exceeds the
Termination
recommended number and the outdoor ambient temperature exceeds 35oC,
this check operation cannot be performed.)
(4) Is the total indoor units operation capacity 30% (indoor units capacity ratio) or
less?
(5) Is No.4 of DSW4 (compressor forced stoppage) OFF?

(4) Turn No.4 of DSW5 OFF when the refrigerant amount is sufficient.
Wait 3 minutes (at least) after turning No.4 of DSW5 OFF and then the outdoor unit is ready to
operate.
NOTE:
The 7-segment indication during the check operation may be changed to the protection control code
by the activation of protection control, however it is normal.

127
1.4.6 Reset for Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1-2 after Maintenance (cUJ1-cUJ2)

<Procedure>
Press PSW1 and PSW3 for 5 seconds while the accumulated operation time of compressor data is
displayed.

<Example of Compressor 1>

“cUJ1” (Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1) will be indicated.

PSW2 PSW3
Press PSW1 and PSW3 for 5 seconds while the accumulated operation time is
displayed.

The indication will be changed to “0”.


(The accumulated operation time of compressor 1 is “0”)

NOTE:
In the case of 20HP to 54HP, it is required to reset the accumulated operation time for each outdoor
units.

128
2. SERVICING

Use the specified non-flammable refrigerant (R410A) to the outdoor unit in the refrigerant cycle.
Do not charge material other than R410A into the unit such as hydrocarbon refrigerants (propane
or etc.), oxygen, flammable gases (acetylene or etc.) or poisonous gases when installing,
maintaining and moving. These flammables are extremely dangerous and may cause an
explosion, a fire, and injury.

TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.1 Removing Front Service Cover


(1) Removing Service Cover
(a) Remove the six (6) screws for the service cover.
(b) Put your hands on the groove at the bottom of the service cover and draw the service cover
frontward.
(2) Removing Front Cover
(a) Remove the four (4) screws for the front cover. (Remove the lower side first.)
(b) Hold upper side of the front cover and lift it upward. Remove the front cover from the hook on the
right and left sides.
Then, draw the front cover frontward. Tool Phillips Screwdriver

Service Cover

Screw

Front Cover

NOTES: Side Cover

1. When attaching / removing the front service Hook


cover, pay attention not to get injured with the Front Cover Square Hole
plate edge.
2. When attaching the front cover, insert the hook
in the bottom end of the square hole at the side Bottom Base Insert the hook firmly
cover as shown in the figure. in the bottom end
of the square hole.
DO NOT insert the front cover lower end to
the bottom base inside.
129
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.2 Removing Upper Cover


(1) Remove screws fixing the upper cover.
8HP to 12HP: 8 screws
14HP to 18HP: 10 screws
(2) Lift the upper cover upward. Pay attention to the propeller fan and remove the upper cover carefully.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

● 8HP to 12HP

Fixing Screw

Upper Cover

● 14HP to 18HP

Fixing Screw

Upper Cover

130
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.3 Removing Electrical Box Cover


A. 8HP to 12HP (380-415V/50Hz), 8HP to 18HP
(220V/60Hz)
(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the two (2) screws for the electrical box cover and loosen the two (2) fixing screws .
(3) Push the electrical box cover up and remove the electrical box cover by drawing it forward from the
fixing screws .

B. 14HP to 18HP (380-415V/50Hz)


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the two (2) screws for the electrical box cover and loosen the two (2) fixing screws .
(3) Push the electrical box cover up and remove the electrical box cover by drawing it forward from the
fixing screws .
(4) Remove the two (2) screws for sub electrical box cover and loosen the two (2) fixing screws
(5) Push the sub electrical box cover up.
Remove the sub electrical box cover by drawing it frontward from the fixing screws .

NOTE:
(1) Before removing the screws fixing the electrical box cover and sub electrical box cover, ensure that
the fixing screws are attached to the cover so that the cover will not fall.
(2) Pay attention not to get injured with the front cover edge when removing electrical box cover.
Tool Phillips Screwdriver

● Figure for A ● Figure for B


(Example: 8HP to 12HP) (Example: 14HP to 18HP)

Electrical Box Cover

Screw for
Sub Electrical Box
Cover
Electrical Box
Cover

Sub Electrical Box


Cover

Screw for
Electrical Box Screw for
Cover Electrical Box Cover

Fixing Screw
(for Fall Prevention)
Fixing Screw (for Sub Electrical Box Cover)
(for Fall Prevention) Fixing Screw
(for Electrical Box Cover) (for Fall Prevention)
(for Electrical Box Cover)

<Electrical Box Cover Position>

131
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.4 Removing Electrical Box


A. 8HP to 12HP (380-415V/50Hz), 8HP to 18HP
(220V/60Hz)
(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box cover according to the item 2.3 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.
(3) Remove the screws fixing power source wiring, compressor wires, operating line and earth wire.
(4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor, solenoid valve, crankcase heater, and high pressure switch.
(5) Disconnect the connector for thermistor, electronic expansion valve and pressure sensor on PCB1.
(6) Remove the three (3) screws fixing lower side of electrical box.
(7) Mount the electrical box cover.
(8) Remove the two (2) screws fixing upper side of electrical box and loosen the fixing screw .
(9) Push the electrical box up and draw it frontward from the fixing screw .

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

● Figure for A
(Example: 8HP to 12HP)

Fixing Screw
(for Fall Prevention)
(for Electrical Box)

Screw for Electrical Box


Electrical Box (Upper Side)

Screw for
Electrical Box (Lower Side)

<Electrical Control Box Position>

132
TURN OFF all power source switches.

B. 14HP to 18HP (380-415V/50Hz)


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box cover and sub electrical box cover according to the item 2.3 “Removing
Electrical Box Cover”.
(3) Remove the screws fixing power source wiring, compressor wires, operating line and earth wire.
(4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor, solenoid valve, crankcase heater, and high pressure switch.
(5) Disconnect the connector for thermistor, electronic expansion valve and pressure sensor on PCB1.
(6) Remove the three (3) screws fixing lower side of electrical box.
(7) Mount the electrical box cover.
(8) Remove the two (2) screws fixing upper side of electrical box and loosen the fixing screw .
(9) Push the electrical box up and draw it frontward from the fixing screw .
(10) Remove the two (2) screws fixing lower side of sub electrical box.
(11) Remove the two (2) screws fixing upper side of sub electrical box. Then, remove the sub electrical
box.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

● Figure for B
(Example: 14HP to 18HP)

Screw for
Electrical Box Fixing Screw
(Upper Side) (for Fall Prevention)
Screw for (for Electrical Box)
Sub Electrical Box
(Upper Side)

Sub Electrical Box Electrical Box

Screw for
Sub Electrical Box
(Lower Side)
Screw for
Electrical Box
(Lower Side)

<Electrical Control Box Position>

133
TURN OFF all power source switches.
2.5 Removing E-Box Stay
(1) Remove the electrical box according to the item 2.4 “Removing Electrical Box”.

(3) Draw the sub electrical box frontward and remove it. (14HP to 18HP, 380~415V/50Hz)
(4) Remove the four (4) screws fixing the E-Box stay.
(5) Lift the E-Box stay upward. Remove the E-Box stay from the hook of right and left sides and draw it
frontward in the arrow direction.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

● 8HP to 12HP ● 14HP to 18HP

Screw for
Screw for
E-Box Stay
E-Box Stay

E-Box Stay

E-Box Stay Screw for


Screw for
E-Box Stay
E-Box Stay

134
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.6 Removing Air Grille


Remove four (4) screws fixing the air grille.
Remove the air grille.

NOTE:
DO NOT apply the excessive force to the shroud (plastic part) to avoid deformation and breakage.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

Screw

Air Grille

Shroud Upper Cover

135
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.7 Removing Outdoor Fan


(1) Remove the air grille according to the item 2.6 “Removing Air Grille”.

Adjustable Wrench, Spanner, Puller,


Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Nipper, Box Wrench

DC Fan Motor

<Fan Motor Position>

(2) Remove the closing nut and the flat washer fixing the propeller fan onto the motor shaft by use of an
box wrench. Remove the propeller fan from the motor shaft. If it is difficult to remove the fan because
the fan is firmly fixed with the motor shaft, use a puller.
NOTE:
DO NOT apply excessive force to the shroud Adjustable Wrench, Spanner, Puller,
Tool
(plastic part) to avoid deformation and breakage. Phillips Screwdriver, Nipper, Box Wrench

Closing Nut

Flat Washer

Propeller Fan

Shroud

136
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(3) Removing Wire


(a) Remove the service cover and the electrical box cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front
Service Cover” and the item 2.3 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.
(b) Disconnect the connector for the motor in the electrical box.
(4) Remove four (4) screws fixing the motor, and remove the motor.
14HP to 18HP: M5
(5) When reassembling the outdoor fan, perform in the reverse procedure for removing.
NOTES:
1. The cord outlet end of the motor should be downward-facing when mounting the motor.
(Make the wire trap.)
2. Fix the motor wire onto the motor clamp with the plastic tie to avoid contact with the propeller fan.
3. When mounting the propeller fan, put and push the propeller fan with matching the mark ( with
the cut out part of the motor shaft). Firmly fix the propeller fan with 30N.m torque after the head of
the fan shaft comes up.
Torque for Mounting Propeller Fan
30N.m

4. Connect the motor wire connector with the wire connector in the electrical box.
(6) Check that the gap between the propeller fan and the upper cover is even by observing from the upper
cover top. Also check that there is no noise caused by contacting propeller fan with the upper cover
during the propeller fan operation.
Spanner, Adjustable Wrench, Nipper,
Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Puller

8HP to 12HP: M6
Screw
14HP to 18HP: M5

Motor Shaft
Cord outlet end should be Fan Motor
downward-facing.

Motor Wire

Electrical Box

Wire Connector
(Connect inside
the electrical box
when reassembling.)

137
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.8 Removing Compressor


Collect the refrigerant by operating the compressor.
In other cases, collect the refrigerant before starting the work, and turn OFF the power source of the unit.
NOTES:
Do NOT touch the compressor and the high pressure refrigerant piping in operation or immediately stopping
the unit because of the high temperature.
When removing the wiring or reassembling the compressor, pay attention not to touch the wiring with the
compressor or the refrigerant piping.
(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
In case that the outdoor unit is installed closely to the wall, remove the refrigerant piping and move the
outdoor unit away from the wall.
(2) Release the tack for sound proof cover of the compressor and remove the sound proof cover.
(3) Remove the Td thermistor on the top of the compressor.
NOTES:
The thermistor holder, thermistor fixing plate and the RC cover are used again when reassembling.
Keep them in a box so that the parts are stored correctly.

Tool Long-nose Pliers

NOTES:
When removing the compressor, the electrical box located above the compressor may disturb removing
RC cover. In that case, the electrical box should be removed before starting work.
If not, the inner aluminium sheet may be damaged when removing RC cover.

Thermistor
Holder
Holder
Sound Proof
Cover

Bind Lace Td
Thermistor Thermistor
Fixing Plate
Rubber Cap for
Td Thermistor

RC Cover

138
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(4) Release the bind lace of the RC cover for removing.


NOTES:
1. When removing the RC cover, pay attention not to deform the piping around the cover. The brazing
part may be damaged due to pipe deformation.
2. When removing the compressor, pay attention not to be injured with the sheet metal edge or the
heat exchanger fins.
3. The aluminium sheet is conductive. If the aluminium sheet is damaged, it may lead to the failure
due to electrical wiring contact. To avoid such a failure, check the RC cover conditions when fixing.

Direction to Remove the Cover

RC Cover

Compressor

(5) Remove the terminal cover for the compressor and disconnect the wiring to the compressor terminals.
Match the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. when reassembling. If the wiring is connected
incorrectly, the compressor may be damaged due to reverse rotation.
NOTES:
1. When replacing the compressor, check for the ring terminal condition. If the ring terminal is
damaged or something wrong with it, replace it with new one.
2. Fix the lead wire firmly with plastic ties.
3. Retighten the compressor screws after
Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Spanner
replacing.

Remove Closing Nut

Ring Terminal
Terminal Box
Cover

Details of Terminal Box


Closing Nut

V U
Plastic Tie
Mark Band Compressor Power Line W

Terminal Box
Cover Inverter Compressor (E656DHD)
Constant Speed Compressor (E655DH, E855DH)

139
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(6) Release the spring to remove the crankcase heater.

Tool Long-nose Pliers

Spring

Crankcase Heater

140
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(7) Disconnect the discharge and the suction pipes from the compressor.
Check that the pipe inside pressure is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Cut the pipe at the closer
position to the compressor from the brazing part. After cutting, remove the pipe from the brazing part
of the compressor.
NOTES:
1. All the pipes are connected by brazing. When applying the burner to the pipe connections, the
oil adhered inside the pipe may burn. When brazing, clear the flammable materials around the
compressor.
2. Burner work under applying gas pressure is very dangerous. Make sure to cut the pipes first before
burner work.
Tool Burner (Welder), Pipe Cutter

Suction Pipe Cut

Cut
Remove here
by using burner
after cutting.

Discharge
Pipe
Oil
Discharge
Pipe

(8) Disconnect the oil discharge pipe from the compressor. When disconnecting, pinch and cut the pipe at
the closer position to the compressor from the brazing part, so that the refrigerant oil remained inside
the compressor does not overspill from oil discharge pipe. Before disconnecting the oil discharge pipe
at the piping side, check that the oil at the brazing part is completely removed.
NOTES:
1. If the oil discharge pipe is disconnected without performing the above procedure (for example,
applying burner directly to the brazing part), the refrigerant oil spilt from the oil discharge pipe is
caught fire. Make sure to follow the procedure for safety.
2. DO NOT throw out the oil that is collected by the oil pan and others.
Oil quantity is measured afterward.
Tool Pincher, Burner, Oil Pan

Oil
Discharge
Pipe Remove here
by using burner
after cutting.

Oil Pan

141
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(9) Remove three (3) nuts fixing the compressor and remove the compressor.

NOTES:
1. When removing the compressor, pay attention not to contact with surrounding pipes.
If contacted, pipe may deform.
2. Pay attention not to be injured with the sheet metal edge while working.
3. When removing the compressor fixed with oil discharge pipe, seal the pipe ends with tapes to avoid
remaining refrigerant oil spill.
4. Do not expose the refrigerant cycle to the environment for a long period in order to avoid
mixing the water with foreign particles.
After removing the compressor, mount the new one quickly.

Adjustable Wrench, Box Wrench,


Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Spanner

View from Top of Compressor

Nut Fixing Position

Compressor

Suction Pipe Nut Fixing Position

Discharge Pipe
Nut Fixing Position
Oil Discharge Pipe
Front Side

• In case of 18HP(380~415V/50Hz, 380V/60Hz)


Special washers (silver-painted) are fixed with constant Special Washer
(Silver-Painted)
speed compressor for vibration absorption. Foot of
Compressor Special Nut
• In case of 8~12HP and 8HP (220V/60Hz)

Special washers (silver-painted) are fixed with both


inverter compressor and constant speed compressor for
vibration absorption.

Vibration-Proof
Never remove these special washers. Special washers are Rubber
fixed with special nuts.
Without the special nuts, the pipe may be cracked due to the
vibration of compressor..

142
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(10) Take out the remaining refrigerant oil in the compressor from the discharge pipe, and measure the
oil quantity. This procedure should be performed for constant speed compressor or the inverter
compressor replacement.
NOTES:
1. Additional refrigerant oil charge is required if:
remaining refrigerant oil quantity in the old compressor > pre-charged refrigerant oil in the new
compressor
2. No additional refrigerant oil charge is required if:
remaining refrigerant oil quantity in the old compressor < pre-charged refrigerant oil in the new
compressor
3. The recharged quantity of the refrigerant oil to the cycle is calculated as follows:
(Remaining quantity in the old compressor + Collected quantity in the item 2.8 (8) + 200 cc*)
- (Initial charged quantity in the compressor for each model)
Compressor Initial Charged Refrigerant Oil
For Inverter (E656DHD) 1100cc
For Constant Speed (E655DH) 500cc
For Constant Speed (E855DH) 1100cc
* 200 cc : This value is considered not to be removed from the chamber.
4. If the refrigerant oil is contaminated, exchange all of them with new refrigerant oil.

Tool Oil Pan, Measure Cup

Discharge Piping
Refrigerant Oil

Oil Pan Measure Cup

143
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(11) Mount the new compressor. When attaching the nut at the front side, pay attention not to deform the
discharge piping.
Perform the brazing according to the following order:
(a) Oil Discharge Pipe
(b) Discharge Pipe
(c) Suction Pipe
NOTES:
1. When mounting the new compressor on the base, pay attention not to contact with piping.
If contacted, piping may be deformed.
2. The new compressor should be mounted with the cap, and remove the cap just before starting the
brazing work.
3. Connect the charging hose with the check joint at the low pressure side to release pressure.
4. When brazing the suction pipe, make sure that the connecting part is firmly inserted into the
compressor. The piping root is cooled in order to avoid entering the brazing material into the
compressor.

Tool Burner, Wet Cloth, Plier

Brazing

Suction Pipe

Wet Cloth for Cooling


Brazing

Discharge Pipe

Oil Discharge Pipe


Brazing

144
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(12) Wind the crankcase heater around the compressor.


Crankcase heater mounting position: Back to the original setting (Refer to the item 2.8 (6))
(13) Attach the RC cover.
(14) Reconnect all wires in the original positions.
(a) The crankcase heater lead wire is fixed inside the RC cover with the tack( ) without contacting with
the power line and the piping.
(b) Draw the lead wire for high pressure switch (PSH) and attach the Td thermistor. Pull out the wires
from the dent part at the top of RC cover.
NOTES:
1. If the power line or the crankcase heater lead line contacts with the high temperature part such
as oil discharge pipe or compressor chamber, the wire may be cut or fired. Protect the wire from
overheating and protect the edge with the RC cover.
2. Check that the high pressure switch (PSH) does not contact with the RC cover aluminium sheet.

(Example)
RC Cover
Wire is caught on the spring. Dent Part

Hook

Crankcase Heater Lead Line Crankcase Heater Compressor Aluminum Sheet


Power Line
Spring Hook
RC Cover Crankcase Heater Oil Discharge Pipe
Power Line

NOTES: Crankcase Heater Lead Line

1. Attach the crankcase heater firmly to the compressor and fix it with spring as shown in the figure.
2. If there is a clearance between the crankcase heater and the compressor due to wire overlapping, excessive heat is
generated there. Then crankcase heater is failed due to overheating. When mounting the reassembled crankcase
heater, this point should be taken into account.
3. If the crankcase heater lead wire is caught on the spring, the lead wire may be cut due to vibration. When
reassembling, attention should be paid to the lead wire

(c) Fix the cover firmly with two tacks to avoid water entering from the clearance between RC cover and
the sound proof cover.

(Example)
Sound Proof Cover

Suction Pipe
Dent Part
(For Td Thermistor
Lead Wiring)

Dent Part
(For PSH Lead Wire)

Fix Sound Proof Cover


with Tacks and Bind Laces (4 portions)
RC Cover

145
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(15) Perform the final check for wiring conditions referring to the drawing below.
NOTE:
Check that all wires do not contact with the compressor, piping or plate edges. If it contacts, wire
breakage or fire may be occurred.

Tack

Remove Td Thermistor and PSH from Dent Part of RC Cover Right Side.
37

Slacken Thermistor Wiring and PSH Lead Wire about 10mm to Prevent
Compressor and Piping from Contacting.
Fix Sound Proof Cover firmly
Td Thermistor
to Protect Compressor
from Entering Water.

Wind All Bind Lace at


Tack more than 4 times. PSH (High Pressure Switch)

RC Cover

Details View from W


Pull out Power Line for Constant Speed Comp.
and Crankcase Heater Lead Line from
Upper Side of Bind Lace.
Power Line for Constant Speed Comp.

Crankcase Heater

( Crankcase Heater Position Keep Distance


Approx. 20mm as Shown in Figure. )
Crankcase Heater Lead Line
20

Power Line for Inverter Comp.

Crankcase Heater Remove Power Line and


( Wind Crankcase Heater on Bottom Cap
as Shown in Figure. ) Crankcase Heater Lead Line
from Dent Part of RC Cover.
Do NOT Contact Wiring with Piping.
Fix Power Line for Compressor and
Crankcase Heater Lead Line
RC Cover Together When Winding Bind Lace at Tack.

Cover Outside of Discharge Oil Pipe Do NOT Contact Discharge Oil Pipe with Crankcase Heater Lead Line
When Winding RC Cover. and Power Line for Compressor.

Details of Compressor Crankcase Heater Harness Wiring

Fix compressor power line


and crankcase heater
lead wire together with
RC Cover
a bind lace.

Compressor
Wind crankcase heater
firmly around the
compressor bottom part.

The distance between crankcase heaters


Pull out crankcase heater should be Min. 20mm.
lead wire from RC cover
dent part without
contacting with bolt,
nut or pipe of compressor.

146
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.9 Replacing Refrigerant Oil


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Close (A) gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.
(3) Collect the refrigerant in the outdoor unit from (D) low pressure check joint and (E) high pressure
check joint. Ensure that the pressure will not increase at this time.
NOTE:
If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.
(4) Connect the charge hose (for R410A) to (C) check joint for collecting refrigerant oil.
(5) Charge nitrogen (0.15MPa) from (D) low pressure check joint and collect the refrigerant oil in the
accumulator by applying pressure. (approx. 20 minutes)
NOTE:
Ensure that the pressure for (E) high pressure check joint is NOT abnormal when nitrogen is charged.
(6) Stop charging nitrogen after refrigerant oil has been completely collected.
Perform vacuuming from (D) low pressure check joint and add the same quantity as the collected
refrigerant oil.
NOTE:
When the collected refrigerant oil is 3L or less, clogging may exist in the return oil circuit.
In that case, replace the return oil circuit according to the item 2.10 “Replacing Return Oil Circuit”.
(7) When the procedures above are completed, perform the vacuuming again from (D) low pressure check
joint and recharge the refrigerant. After recharging, open the stop valves.
NOTE:
1. Use a clean charging hose.
2. Charge the refrigerant oil in a short time (within approx. 20 minutes).
Use the container with a small opening so that the refrigerant oil does not absorb the moisture in
the atmosphere.

Tool Adjustable Wrench or Spanner

(D) Low Pressure Check Joint


(E) High Pressure Check Joint

(B) Liquid Stop Valve

(C) Check Joint for Collecting Refrigerant Oil


(A) Gas Stop Valve

147
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.9.2 Clogging in Return Oil Circuit


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings and E-box stay according to the item 2.4 “Removing Electrical Box.”
(3) Close (A) gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.
(4) Collect the refrigerant in the outdoor unit from (D) low pressure check joint and (E) high pressure
check joint. Ensure that the pressure will not increase at this time.
NOTE:
If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.

Tool Adjustable Wrench or Spanner

(D) Low Pressure Check Joint


(E) High Pressure Check Joint

(B) Liquid Stop Valve

(C) Check Joint for Collecting Refrigerant Oil


(A) Gas Stop Valve

148
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(5) Disconnect (H) upper part of return oil circuit and connect the charging hose to (F) oil separator outlet
port (size 1/4).
NOTE:
When (F) oil separator outlet port and (H) upper part of return oil circuit are disconnected, refrigerant
oil may come out. Prepare the oil pan to receive the refrigerant oil before removing.
(6) Charge nitrogen (0.15MPa) from (H) upper part of return oil circuit and collect refrigerant oil in (I) oil
separator.
NOTE:
Collect refrigerant oil from the return oil circuits and oil separators one by one.
(7) Stop charging nitrogen after refrigerant oil has been completely collected and connect the parts
removed in the procedure (5) above. Add the same quantity as the collected refrigerant oil from (C)
check joint for collecting refrigerant oil by vacuuming from (D) low pressure check joint.
(Refer to the procedure (6) above for the collected refrigerant oil quantity.)
(8) When the procedures above are completed, perform the vacuuming again from (D) low pressure check
joint and recharge the refrigerant. After recharging, open the stop valves.
NOTE:
1. Use a clean charging hose.
2. Charge the refrigerant oil in a short time (within approx. 20 minutes).
Use the container with a small opening so that the refrigerant oil does not absorb the moisture in
the atmosphere.

Tool Burner

● 8HP to 12HP
(F) Oil Separator Outlet Port

(G) Return Oil Capillary

(H) Upper Part of Return Oil Circuit (I) Oil Separator

● 14HP to 18HP

(H) Upper Part


of Return Oil Circuit

(F) Oil Separator Outlet Port

(G) Return Oil Capillary

(I) Oil Separator

149
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.10 Replacing Return Oil Circuit


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings and E-box stay according to the item 2.4 “Removing Electrical Box.”
(3) Close (A) gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.
(4) Collect refrigerant in the outdoor unit from (D) low pressure check joint and (E) high pressure check
joint. Ensure that the pressure will not increase at this time.
NOTE:
If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.

Tool Adjustable Wrench or Spanner

(D) Low Pressure Check Joint


(E) High Pressure Check Joint

(B) Liquid Stop Valve

(C) Check Joint for Collecting Refrigerant Oil


(A) Gas Stop Valve

150
TURN OFF all power source switches.

(5) Disconnect (H) upper part of return oil circuit.


(6) Disconnect the return oil circuit and (F) oil separator outlet port.
NOTE:
When (F) oil separator outlet port and (H) upper part of return oil circuit are disconnected, refrigerant
oil may come out. Prepare the oil pan to receive the refrigerant oil before removing.
(7) Mount the return oil pipe to replace. After replacing, charge nitrogen from (D) low pressure check joint
by applying pressure. Check that there is no leakage from the flare nut connection.
(8) Perform vacuuming and charge refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, open the stop valves.

Tool Burner

● 8HP to 12HP

(F) Oil Separator Outlet Port

(G) Return Oil Capillary

(H) Upper Part of Return Oil Circuit (I) Oil Separator

● 14HP to 18HP

(H) Upper Part


of Return Oil Circuit

(F) Oil Separator Outlet Port

(G) Return Oil Capillary

(I) Oil Separator

151
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.11 Removing Coils


The following figures indicate the position of coils.

● 8HP to 12HP
SVA: Solenoid Valve Coil
RVR2: Reversing Valve Coil
MV1: Expansion Valve Coil
SVA MVB: Expansion Valve Coil

RVR2

MVB

MV1

● 14HP to 18HP SVA

RVR2

MV1
MVB

<Coil Position>

152
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.11.1 Removing Expansion Valve Coil (MV1, MVB)


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Turn the expansion valve coil in counterclockwise direction as shown in the figure.
Remove the expansion valve coil bracket from the expansion valve slot. Then, pull the coil upward.
• Pay attention to the thermistor wiring when removing the expansion valve coil.
NOTE:
Make sure to remove the coil bracket from the coil before pulling it out. If not, your hand may be hit
against the piping as a reaction. Follow the above procedure carefully to avoid any injuries.
(3) For replacing the expansion valve coil, press the coil into the expansion valve slot with turning the
coil. If an excessive force is applied to the coil, the coil bracket may be deformed. As a result, the coil
cannot be fixed at the correct position as shown in the figure.
• Any slots on the expansion valve inner surface is acceptable to fix.
NOTE:
The expansion valve coil should be fixed with the force of 60N•m or less. After fixing, check the
expansion valve coil position.

Tool Pliers

Expansion Valve Coil

Coil Bracket
Turn the coil and
remove the coil
bracket from the slot.

Coil Bracket

Rotating
Direction

Expansion
Valve Coil

Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Incorrect


Deformed Coil Bracket due
to Excessive Force. Expansion
Valve Coil

Correct
Correct Position for
Coil Bracket
Expansion
Valve

Fitted in the Slot


Not fitted Firmly due to
Insufficient Force.

Expansion Valve Coil


Expansion
Expansion Valve Valve Coil

Expansion
Valve

153
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.11.2 Removing Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA)


(1) Remove one (1) screw fixing the solenoid valve coil with a phillips screwdriver. If the screw is difficult
to remove, use a spanner or an adjustable wrench.
(2) Remove the solenoid valve coil.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

Screw
Solenoid Valve Coil

Solenoid Valve

154
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.11.3 Removing Solenoid Valve


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Close gas stop valve and liquid stop valve.
(3) Collect refrigerant in the outdoor unit from low pressure check joint and high pressure check joint.
Ensure that the pressure will not increase at this time.
NOTE:
If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.
(4) Remove the solenoid valve coils according to the item 2.11.2 “Removing Solenoid Valve Coil”.
(5) Remove the brazing at the following portions:
Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA): 2 brazing portions
NOTE:
1. When performing brazing work, cover the solenoid valve with wet cloth for cooling.
2. Pay attention not to burn the connecting wiring and piping insulation while brazing.
(6) For reassembly, perform the removal procedure in reverse order.

Phillips Screwdriver, Charging Hose,


Tool
Burner, Wet Cloth, Pliers

● 8HP to 12HP ● 14HP to 18HP

SVA Brazing Removing Portion SVA Brazing Removing Portion

<Solenoid Valve Position>

155
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.11.4 Removing Reversing Valve Coil (RVR2)


(1) Remove the one (1) screw fixing the reversing valve coil with a phillips screwdriver.
If the screw is difficult to remove, use a spanner or an adjustable wrench.
(2) Remove the reversing valve coil.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

Reversing Valve Coil

Screw

This is the unit front view.

156
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.11.5 Removing Reversing Valve


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings and E-box stay according to the item 2.4 “Removing Electrical Box.”
(3) Before starting this work, collect the refrigerant into a cylinder from the refrigerant cycle, and turn OFF
the power source of the unit.
(4) The reversing valve fixing position is as shown in the figure.
(5) Disconnect the connecting wiring for reversing valve coil.
(6) Remove the reversing valve coils according to the item 2.11.4 “Removing Reversing Valve Coil”.
(7) Remove the brazing as shown in the figure by covering the reversing valve with wet cloth for cooling.
NOTE:
Remove the brazing only at the indicated portion in the figure. If not, leakage may occur when
reassembling.
(8) Remove the reversing valve assembly.
Remove the brazing as shown in the figure by covering the reversing valve with wet cloth for cooling.
Remove the brazing in the following order:
(a) Brazing at right and left branch pipes of three pipes from the reversing valve.
(b) Brazing at the centre branch pipe of three pipes from the reversing valve.
NOTE:
When removing brazing, cover the reversing valve with wet cloth for cooling.
(9) For reassembly, perform the removal procedure in reverse order.
NOTE:
When performing brazing work, cover the reversing valve with wet cloth for cooling.

157
TURN OFF all power source switches.

Adjustable Wrench or Spanner,


Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Burner, Pipe Cutter,
Pliers, Pinching, Charging Hose

● 8HP to 12HP

Reversing Valve

RVR2

Brazing Removing Portion

● 14HP to 18HP

Brazing Removing Portion

Reversing Valve
RVR2

Brazing Removing Portion

<Reversing Valve Position>

158
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.12 Removing Stop Valve


Before starting this work, collect the refrigerant into a cylinder from the refrigerant cycle, and turn OFF
the power source of the unit.

(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove (C) stop valve cover 1 and (D) stop valve cover 2.
(3) When removing (A) gas stop valve, cover the stop valves with wet cloth for cooling and then remove
the brazing.
When removing (B) liquid stop valve, remove the brazing of the pipe for the stop valve as shown in the
figure.
NOTE:
To remove the brazing for (A) gas stop valve, RC cover should be removed or protected with metal
plate.
(4) Remove the screws fixing the plate as shown in the figure and pull out the stop valve with the plate
together. (If the stop valve is mounted only at the liquid side, the stop valve can be pulled out without
removing the plate.)
(5) Reassemble the stop valve in the reverse procedure for removing.
NOTE:
Cover the stop valve with wet cloth for cooling when mounting or removing the brazing.
The allowable temperature limit of the internal stop valve is 120oC.

159
TURN OFF all power source switches.

Wet Cloth, Burner, Pliers,


Tool
Phillips Screwdriver

*1

Plate

Screw for Gas Stop Valve

*1: Brazing Removing Portion for Screw for Liquid Stop Valve
Gas Stop Valve
*1

<Stop Valve Position>

160
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.13 Removing High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor and Low Pressure Sensor
(1) Remove the front service cover according to Item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor and Low Pressure Sensor are fixed as shown in the
figure.
Tool Adjustable Wrench or Spanner

● 8HP to 12HP

High Pressure Switch


(PSH1) High Pressure Sensor (Pd)

Low Pressure Sensor (Ps)

● 14HP to 18HP

High Pressure Switch


(PSH1)
High Pressure Switch
High Pressure Sensor (Pd)
(PSH2)

Low Pressure Sensor (Ps)

<High Pressure Switch, High/Low Pressure Sensor Position>

161
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.13.1 Removing High Pressure Switch (PSH1, PSH2)


(1) Collect the refrigerant.
(2) Disconnect the faston terminals.
(3) Remove the high pressure switch from the brazing part of the discharge pipe by use of a burner.
NOTES:
1. If the refrigerant cycle is left for some time after high pressure switch is removed, moisture and dirt
will enter into it. Reassemble the alternative high pressure switch immediately after removing. If it
is impossible by necessity, seal the hole with tapes.
2. Check that the RC cover inner side (aluminium sheet) does not contact with the terminals of the
high pressure switch.
3. Make sure to fix the insulating sleeve of the faston terminals as shown in the figure.
If the terminals of the high pressure switch is exposed and contacts with the RC cover, the electrical
components may be damaged.
Burner, Adjustable Wrench or Spanner,
Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Pliers

Faston Terminal

High Pressure Switch

Discharge Pipe Brazing Part

Compressor

2.13.2 Removing High Pressure Sensor (Pd) and Low Pressure Sensor (Ps)
(1) Remove the connector for the pressure sensor wiring from PCB1.
NOTE:
Remove the connector firstly. If not, the wiring may be damaged.
(2) Remove the refrigerant piping for the high
pressure sensor or low pressure sensor by use of Tool Adjustable Wrench or Spanner,
two spanners. Phillips Screwdriver, Pliers

Wire twisting should be


within 3 winds.
Tightening Position ( )
Spanner Size: 14 mm

Using Two Spanners

Tightening Position ( )
Spanner Size: 17 mm

This part should be sealed with tapes.


DO NOT apply spanners to this part.
Tightening Torque: 30N ml

162
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.14 Removing Thermistor for Liquid Pipe


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box cover according to the item 2.3 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.
(3) Remove CORK TAPE and pull out the thermistor with fixing plate from the pipe. Remove the
thermistor for the liquid pipe from the fixing plate.
NOTE:
When removing the thermistor for the liquid pipe, pay attention not to be caught hands or thermistor on
the valve stay fixing the stop valve.
(4) Reassemble the thermistor in the reverse procedure for removing.
NOTE:
When reassembling, fix the thermistor with the vinyl pipe end downward to avoid entering water into
the pipe.
Wet Cloth, Burner, Pliers,
Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Nipper

Seal Whole Circumference


with CORK TAPE

Pipe

Thermistor

Vinyl Tube

Thermo Clip

Te Thermistor
(Evaporation Liquid Line) Tbg Thermistor
(Super Cooling Bypass Line)

Tg Thermistor
(Evaporation Gas Line)

Tchg Thermistor
(Super Cooling Main Line)

<Thermistor Position for Liquid Pipe (Example: 12HP)>

163
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.15 Removing Thermistor for Ambient Temperature


(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove the electrical box cover according to the item 2.3 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.
(3) Remove the upper cover according to the item 2.2 “Removing Upper Cover”.
NOTE:
When removing the upper cover, pay attention not to damage the shroud.
(4) Remove the fixing clamps for wiring.
(5) Reassemble the thermistor for ambient temperature in the reverse procedure for removing.
NOTE:
If the upper cover is not fixed properly, it may cause upper cover vibration during the outdoor fan
operation. Check the upper cover carefully after reassembling.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Nipper

To Electrical Box

Thermistor Position

Ta ( Thermistor for
Ambient Temp.)
Thermistor Holder

Air Intake Grille


(Side Cover)

<Thermistor Position for Ambient Temperature (Example: 12HP>

164
TURN OFF all power source switches.

2.16 Removing Other Electrical Components


NOTES:
1. Apply conductive silicon grease slightly over the contact surface with the fin when replacing the
components of the radiation fin such as transistor module (IPM), diode module (DM) and fan controller
(FANM).
2. Match the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. when reassembling. If incorrectly connected, malfunction
may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.
3. The U and V-Phase of the power source cables for inverter compressor (MC1) should be past through the
current sensor (CTU and CTV) of the inverter module (PCB2) completely.
Connect U-Phase of the power source cable with U-Phase side (CTU), and V-Phase with V-Phase side
(CTV) of the current sensor. If not, it may cause of equipment malfunction or failure.
4. When fixing PCBs or sheet metal for PCB, protect the electric wiring from being caught on the sheet metal
or the electrical components.
5. Make sure to use screws, bushes and collars when fixing PCBs for inverter compressor.
If not, it may cause of equipment malfunction.
6. When replacing the PCB for transmission, set the dip switches same as before PCB replacing. Incorrect
setting will cause malfunction. Refer to the instruction manual attached with servicing PCB.
7. Do not apply excessive force to the electrical components on PCB or PCB itself. It may lead to PCB
failure.
8. When replacing the fan controller, set the dip switches same as before replacing the fan controller.
Incorrect setting will cause malfunction.

2.16.1 Removing PCB1 and Electrical Components for Electrical Box

< Removing PCB1 >


(1) Remove all the connectors for wiring at PCB1.
(2) Hold the middle part of the holder fixing the PCB1 (Part A in the figure, 9 portions) with a long-nose
pliers and pull it out to remove.
< Opening PCB1 Fixing Plate >
(1) Remove all the wirings connected with electrical components.
(2) Remove two (2) screws at Part B in the figure. Electrical components are available to check or replace
from the opening.
(3) If the fixing plate for PCB1 is removed, all the connectors connected with PCB1 should be removed.
< Removing Electrical Components >
(1) Remove all the wirings connected with electrical components.
(2) Remove the screws fixing electrical components.

NOTES:
1. The open angle for the PCBs fixing plate should be within 120 degree. If try to open wider than 120
degree, the fixing plate will not open due to insufficient electrical wiring length.
2. Do not touch the electrical components on PCBs.
Do not bend or apply excessive force to PCB. It will cause PCB failure.

< Removing Electrical Components for Sub Electrical Box >


(14HP to 18HP 380~415V/50Hz only)
(1) Remove all the wirings connected with electrical components.
(2) Remove the screws fixing electrical components.

165
TURN OFF all power source switches.
NOTES:
1. Match the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. when reassembling. If incorrectly connected,
malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.
2. Protect the cables from being caught on the plate edge or electrical component when closing the PCB
fixing plate for reassembling.
3. The capacitor is charged with electricity even if the power source is turned off.
DO NOT contact with the terminals to avoid electrical shock. ( )

Phillips Screwdriver,
Tool
Long-Nose Pliers, Pliers

● 380-415V/50Hz
Front Side (For Main) The Interior of the Electrical Box (For Main)

B (Screw for PCB1 Fixing Plate)


(2 Portions)

NF11 NF11 NF13


RS1 RS1

RS2
R1
RS2
DCL1 FANM1 DCL1 FANM1 CB1
CMC1 CMC1
NF1 NF1
CS1 PCB1 CS1 CB2
NF4
NF4

NF12 CS2 THM NF12 CS2 THM


IPM R2 IPM R2
DM DM
EFR1
TB2 ZNR
ZNR
EF1
EF2
EF1
EF2

NF2
C C
PCB2 EF11
CTV
PCB2
CTU
CB3 TB1 CB3 TB1
DCL2 DCL2
NF5 NF5

A (PCB1 Fixing Holder)


(9 Portions)
Front Side (For Sub Electrical Box)
14HP to 18HP Only
A Portion
Middle
Part of
Holder

PCB
EF3
EF4

CT2
PCB1 Fixing Holder: 9

NF15
CMC2

TB3

Item Part Name Item Part Name


PCB1 Control PCB in Outdoor Unit PCB2 Inverter PCB
IPM Transistor Module FANM1 Fan Controller
DM Diode Module DCL1, 2 Reactor
NF1~15 Noise Filter R1, 2 Resistor
RS1, 2 Resistor for Starting C Capacitor ( )
CB1, 2, 3 Capacitor ( ) CS1, 2 Capacitor ( )
TB1, 2, 3 Terminal Board CMC1, 2 Magnetic Contactor for Compressor Motor
EF1, 2, 3, 4, 11 Fuse EFR1 Fuse on PCB1
CT2, CTU, CTV Current Sensor ZNR Surge Absorber

166
TURN OFF all power source switches.

Phillips Screwdriver,
Tool
Long-Nose Pliers, Pliers

● 220V/60Hz

Front Side (For Main) The Interior of the Electrical Box (For Main)
B (Screw for PCB1 Fixing Plate)
(2 Portions)

RS RS

DCL CMC1
FANM1 DCL CMC1
FANM1
NF4
NF1 EF1 NF1
PCB1
NF5

NF5
NF7 CS THM NF7 CS THM EF2
IPM
DM DM NF3
EFR1
CT2 CT2 EF3
ZNR TB2 EFS1 ZNR
IPM
EF4

CMC2
CMC2

PCB2
TB1 PCB2 CB TB1
CTV CB
CTU

NF6 NF8 NF6 NF8

14HP to 18HP Only


A (PCB1 Fixing Holder)
(9 Portions)

A Portion
Middle
Part of
Holder

PCB

PCB1 Fixing Holder: 9

Item Part Name Item Part Name


PCB1 Control PCB in Outdoor Unit PCB2 Inverter PCB
IPM Transistor Module FANM1 Fan Controller
DM Diode Module DCL Reactor
NF1~8 Noise Filter RS Resistor for Starting
CB Capacitor ( ) CS Capacitor ( )
TB1, 2 Terminal Board CMC1, 2 Magnetic Contactor for Compressor Motor
EF1, 2, 3, 4 Fuse EFR1, S1 Fuse on PCB1
CT2, CTU, CTV Current Sensor ZNR Surge Absorber

167
Turn OFF all power source switches.
Do not touch the any electrical parts during LED201 (Red) on PCB2 is ON.
If touched, electric shock will occur.

2.16.2 Removing PCB2 for Inverter


(1) Disconnect all the wirings connected to PCB2.
(2) Disconnect the wiring for the transistor module (U, V, W) and draw the wiring from the current sensor.
Also, disconnect the wiring for N, P and C.
(3) After removing three (3) M3 screws, remove the bushes and collars from PCB2. When reassembling,
the bushes and collars should be fixed correctly.
NOTES:
1. Do not touch any electrical components during LED201 (red) of PCB2 is ON. If touched, it may lead to
electrical shock.
2. Identify the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. when reassembling. If incorrectly connected,
malfunction or damage will occur.
3. Check to ensure that the electrical wires will not be caught between the mounting electrical
components and the mounting plates when the PCB2 is remounted.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver

Middle Part of Holder Collar

Bush
PCB2
Screw
M3

Holder

Transistor Module
PCB2

168
Turn OFF all power source switches.
Do not touch the any electrical parts during LED201 (Red) on PCB2 is ON.
If touched, electric shock will occur.

2.16.3 Removing Diode Module and Transistor Module


Before this work, remove the service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
Check to ensure that LED201 (Red) of the PCB2 is OFF.
(1) Disconnect all the wirings connected to the diode module as shown below.
(a) Disconnect the wirings of terminal +, - , U, V, W on the diode module.
(b) Remove two (2) fixing screws on the diode module.
(c) Remove the diode module from the electrical box.
(2) Disconnect all the wirings connected to the transistor module as shown below.
(a) Disconnect the wirings of connector CN2, CN206 and CN207.
(b) Disconnect the wirings of P, N, U, V, W on the transistor module.
(c) Remove the three (3) screws for the PCB2 and then remove the PCB2 from the transistor module.
(d) Remove four (4) fixing screws on the transistor module.
(e) Remove the transistor module from the electrical box.
NOTES:
1. As for the PCB2 and transistor module, the figure below is the correct mounting position.
2. Identify the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. when reassembling. If incorrectly connected,
malfunction or damage will occur.
3. Check to ensure that the electrical wires will not be caught between the mounting electrical
components and the mounting plates when the PCB2 is remounted.
4. Apply silicon grease evenly on the whole rear side of the diode module and the transistor
module when mounting. Use Silicon grease provided as accessory.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Long-Nose Pliers

Diode Module PCB2 and Transistor Module

5 Terminal U V W Terminal Screws


Screws Fixing Screw for (M5)
(M5) Transistor Module PCN301
(M4) Fixing Screw for
Transistor Module
N P (M4)
LED201
Fixing Fixing
Screw Screw
(M5) (M5) W
Fixing
_ Terminal Screws for
+ Screws PCB2 (M3)
(M5) V

Transistor
Module

Fixing Screw
for PCB2 (M3) PCB2
for Inverter

Fixing Screws for CN2 CN207


Transistor Module
CN206
(M4)

169
Turn OFF all power source switches.
Do not touch the any electrical parts during LED201 (Red) on PCB2 is ON.
If touched, electric shock will occur.

2.16.4 Removing Fan Controller


Before this work, remove the service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
Check to ensure that LED501 (Red) of the PCB2 is OFF.
Disconnect all the wirings connected to the fan controller as shown below.
(1) Disconnect the wirings from the fan controller.
CN206, CN207, R, S, U, V, W, P2, N, DCL1, DCL2
CN206, CN207, R, S, T, U, V, W
(2) Remove nine (9) screws fixing the fan controller so that the fan controller can be removed.
NOTES:
1. Do not apply great force when removing the fan controller, or the soldering will be fallen apart and a
malfunction of the fan controller may occur.
2. Identify the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. when reassembling. If incorrectly connected,
malfunction or damage will occur.
3. Check to ensure that the electrical wires will not be caught between the mounting electrical
components and the mounting plates when the PCB2 is remounted.
4. Apply silicon grease evenly on the whole rear side of the fan controller when mounting.
Use Silicon grease provided as accessory.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Long-Nose Pliers

● 380-415V/50Hz
CN206 CN207
R
W
V DCL1
U
DCL2 S

P2
N

LED501
● 220V/60Hz
CN206 CN207
R
W
V
S
U
T

LED501

170
TURN OFF all power source switches.
● For attaching the electrical box, perform the reverse procedures for removing.
NOTES:
1. Check to ensure that tube end of waterproof vinyl pipe and connectors are fixed firmly with cord
clamp in the electrical box when wiring as shown in the figure below.
2. Fix the wiring from each electrical part to the electrical box with plastic band to avoid direct contact
with compressor, piping and plate edge.
3. Fix the wiring neatly to avoid the damage by pressing with the electrical box cover.
4. Fix the fan motor wiring with cord clamp as shown in the figure.

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Pincher

Details of Fixing the Vinyl Pipe Edge


More than 10mm of waterproof vinyl pipe
should be in the electrical box.
Tube End of Waterproof Vinyl Pipe
More than 10mm

Plastic Band

Electrical Box

Cord Clamp

171
3. MAIN PARTS
3.1 Inverter
3.1.1 Specifications of Inverter

Applicable Model 8HP to 18HP

Applicable Power Source _


3 Phase,380-415V+10%, 50Hz

Output Voltage (Maximum) 380-415V


Output Current (Maximum) 25A
Control Method Vector PWM Control
Range Output Frequency 10 to 115Hz
Accuracy of Frequency 0.01Hz
Output / Characteristics Conditions:
1. Power Source Voltage AC 380V
2. Non-Loading (Free Output)

(In Case of 380V) (in Case of 220V)


(V)
400 (V)
380 380

300 300

220
200 200

100 100

0 10 50 75 100 115 0 10 50 90 100 115


f (Hz) f (Hz)

NOTE:
Characteristics are fluctuated by the current minimize control.

Soft Start Stop 0.125Hz/S, 0.25Hz/S, 0.5Hz/S, 1Hz/S, 3Hz/S (5 Steps)


Protection Function
Excessive High or In Case of 380-415V
Low Voltage for Inverter Excessive Low Voltage at a DC Voltage is Lower than 350V
Excessive High Voltage at a DC Voltage is Higher than 750V
In Case of 220V
Excessive Low Voltage at a DC Voltage is Lower than 194V
Excessive High Voltage at a DC Voltage is Higher than 400V

Abnormality of Stoppage at a current of compressor smaller than 1.5A


Current Sensor Cause of Abnormality:  Failure of Current Sensor
Failure of Transistor Module
Failure of Compressor
Disconnected Wiring

172
Protection Function
Overcurrent Protection Current (1)
for Inverter
(2)

(3)
Rated Current of
Transistor Module (IPM)
(4)
Rated Current 105%

10ms 50ms 30s Time

(1) Short-Circuit Trip of Arm Internal Protection


(2) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip Transistor Module (IPM)
(3) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip
When detecting current is more than rated current of Transistor Module,
overcurrent is detected.
(4) Electronic Thermal Trip
When the current detected by current sensor exceeds 105% of the rated current
continuously for 30 seconds or for 3 minutes in total during a 10 minutes period,
overcurrent is detected.
Protection of Transistor module (IPM) has four protection function for self-protection.
Transistor Module (IPM) (1) Some of the output terminals between "U" and "V", "V" and "W", "W" and "U"
has a short-circuit.
(2) Running current reaches the maximum rated current.
(3) Abnormal temperature is measured by internal thermistor.
(4) Control voltage decreases abnormally.
Overload Control Overload control as a current greater than (Rated Current X105%).
Overload control release at a current smaller than (Rated Current X 88%).
Fin Temperature Increase The unit is stopped when the IPM temperature is higher than 90oC.
Earth Detection The unit is stopped when the compressor is earthing.

3.1.2 Arrangement of Inverter Power Unit

No. Parts Name


1 Radiated Fin
2 Transistor Module
3 Diode Module
4 Inverter PCB

4 1

173
3.1.3 Protective Function

(1) Excessive High or Low Voltage for Inverter


(a) Level of Detection
1 In case of 380-415V/50Hz, 380V/60Hz
When the voltage of direct current is greater than 750V, abnormalities are detected.
When the voltage of direct current is smaller than 350V, abnormalities are detected.
2 In case of 220V/60Hz
When the voltage of direct current is greater than 400V, abnormalities are detected.
When the voltage of direct current is smaller than 194V, abnormalities are detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and transmit the signal code
of stoppage cause to PCB1.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Transmission signal about stoppage cause is canceled when remote control switch is off or main
power source is cut off.
(2) Abnormality of Current Sensor
(a) Level of Detection
When the operating frequency is 15~18Hz and the current of the inverter compressor decreases
lower than 1.5A, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped, and transmit the signal code
of stoppage cause to PCB1.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Transmission signal about stoppage cause is canceled when remote control switch is off or main
power source is cut off.
(3) Overcurrent Protection for Inverter
(a) Level of Detection
1 When the compressor current detected by current sensor excesses the rated current of transistor
module (IPM), overcurrent is detected. (Instantaneous Overcurrent)
2 When the current detected by current sensor exceeds 105% of the rated current continuously for 30
seconds or for 3 minutes in total during a 10 minutes period, overcurrent is detected. (Electric
Thermal Relay)
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and transmit the signal code
of stoppage cause to PCB1.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Transmission signal about stoppage cause is canceled when remote control switch is off or main
power source is cut off.
(4) Protection of Transistor Module (IPM)
(a) Level of Detection
1 When some of the output terminals between “U” and “V”, “V” and “W”, “W” and “U” of transistor
module (IPM) are short-circuited, an abnormality is detected.
2 When the running current of transistor module (IPM) reaches the maximum rated current, an
abnormality is detected.
3 When abnormal increase in temperature is measured by thermistor with internal transistor module
(IPM), an abnormality is detected.
4 When the control voltage of transistor module (IPM) abnormally decreases, an abnormality is
detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and the signal code of
stoppage cause is transmitted to PCB1.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Transmission signal about stoppage cause is canceled when remote control switch is off or main
power source is cut off.

174
(5) Fin Temperature Increase
(a) Level of Detection
When the temperature of internal thermistor exceeds more than 90oC, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and the signal code of
stoppage cause is transmitted to PCB1.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Transmission signal about stoppage cause is canceled when remote control switch is off or main
power source is cut off.
(6) Earth Detection
(a) Level of Detection
1 When the terminal U, V, W and earth of the compressor are short-circuited before compressor
activation, abnormalities are detected.
2 When the output terminals (U, V, W) of transistor module (IPM) are short-circuited, abnormalities are
detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and the signal code of
stoppage cause is transmitted to PCB1.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Transmission signal about stoppage cause is canceled when remote control switch is off or main
power source is cut off.

3.1.4 Overload Protection Control


(a) Level of Detection
When the output current exceeds 105% of the maximum output current, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
An overload signal is transmitted to the PCB1 when output current exceeds 105% of the maximum
output current, and the frequency decreases.
For 10 seconds after the output current decreases lower than 88% of the rated current, the
compressor maximum frequency is limited to the specified value.
However, if the frequency order is smaller than the maximum value, the operation is performed
according to the order.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
After the operation described in the above item (b) is performed for 10 seconds, this control is
canceled.

175
3.2 Scroll Compressor
3.2.1 Reliable Mechanism for Low Vibration and Low Sound
(1) The rotating direction is definite.
(2) The pressure inside of the chamber is high pressure, and the surface temperature of the chamber is
60oC to 110oC.
3.2.2 Principle of Compression

(1) The gas is inhaled from the inlet port at the outer frame of the fixed scroll.

(2) The gas inside of the compression space is compressed toward


the center of the scroll.

(3) The compression space is minimum at the center of the scroll, and
the gas compressed at the maximum is discharged from the outlet port
of at the center of the scroll.

(4) The above procedures (Suction Compression Discharge) is


repeated continuously.

Gas
Rotating Scroll

Compression
Space

Suction Process
Fixed Scroll
Discharge Process
Compression Process

176
3.2.3 Structure
The compressor has the structure for oil supply from the outer oil separator.
The inside of the oil separator is at high pressure, and the surface temperature of the oil separator is as
high (60oC to 110oC) as the compressor.

Suction Pipe

Suction
Fixed Scroll

Frame

Motor

Discharge Pipe

Discharge

Oil Pipe

● Compressor Type

Inverter Compressor Constant Speed Compressor


Model Total
E656DHD E655DH E855DH

8HP
10HP Without Without 1
12HP
Q’ty: 1

14HP Without 2
16HP

Q’ty: 1 Q’ty: 1

18HP Without 2

Q’ty: 1 Q’ty: 1

NOTE:
Seen from the front side of the unit, the one compressor at the left is the inverter compressor and
the other compressor is the constant speed type.

177
3.3 Thermistor
(1) Position of Thermistor

<Example: 14HP to 18HP>

Thermistor Holder
Thermistor
Fixing Plate

Td Thermistor (Td1)
for Discharge Gas Butyl Sheet
Temperature

Plastic Band
Te Thermistor
Inverter Compressor
Thermistor
(Te,Tg,Tchg,Tbg)

Thermistor Thermo
Holder Clip

Ta Thermistor
Tg Thermistor

Tbg Thermistor

Constant Speed
Compressor

Tchg Thermistor

Thermistor Holder
Thermistor
Fixing Plate

Td Thermistor (Td2)
for Discharge Gas
Temperature

178
(2) Thermistor for Upper Part Temperature of Compressor
a. A thermistor for the upper part temperature of the 200
compressor is installed to prevent discharge gas from
200
overheating. If discharge gas temperature increases R25 = 200kΩ

Resistance Value of
excessively lubricating oil deterioration occurs and B = 3920k

Thermistor (kΩ)
lubricating properties deteriorate, resulting in short
compressor life.
100
b. If discharge gas temperature increases excessively, 72.3
compressor temperature increases. At the worst,
compressor motor winding will be burnt out. 14.2 5.3
c. When the upper part temperature of compressor 0
25 30 100 132 150
increases during heating operation, the unit is controlled
Temperature (oC)
according to the following method.
Resistance Characteristics of Thermistor
• An electronic expansion valve of outdoor units is for Discharge Gas Overheating Protection
(are) opened to return the liquid refrigerant to the
compressor through the accumulator, decreasing compressor temperature.
• If the compressor upper part temperature increases exceeding 132oC even if an electronic
expansion valve opens, the compressor is stopped, in order to protect the compressor.
In cooling operation, the above function is also available.
d. If compressor upper part temperature increases excessively, the protection control is activated and
the compressor is stopped according to the following method.

Upper Part Temperature


Operation Defecting Period
of Compressor
Cooling Over 132oC 10 minutes (Continuously)
o
Over 140 C 5 seconds (Continuously)
Heating Over 132oC 10 minutes (Continuously)
Over 140oC 5 seconds (Continuously)
Defrosting Over 132oC 5 seconds (Continuously)

(3) Thermistor for Outdoor Ambient Temperature


The thermistor resistance characteristics are shown in the figure below.
(4) Thermistor for Evaporating Temperature of Outdoor Unit in Heating Operation (For Defrosting)
The characteristics for the thermistor is the same with the value of outdoor ambient temperature
thermistor as shown in the figure below.
(5) Thermistor for Super Cooling Bypass and Main Line Temperature of Outdoor Unit
The characteristics for the thermistor is the same with the value of outdoor ambient temperature
thermistor as shown in the figure below.

90
82
80

70
61
60
Thermistor 50 46
Resistance
(kΩ) 40 35

30 27
20.5
20 16
12.5
10
10 8 5.3 3.6 2.5
0
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Ambient Temperature (oC)


Thermistor Characteristics

179
3.4 Electronic Expansion Valve

Micro-Computer
Pulse Signal Pulse Motor
2-Phase Permanent Magnetic Pulse Motor
Control 0 to 500 Pulse by 1 Pulse

Refrigerant Flow Control


Precise Control

Needle

Specifications
Items Specifications
Models to be Applied For Main Cycle of 8 to 18HP
Type UKV Series / EKV Series
Refrigerant Used R410A
Working Temperature
-30oC to 65oC (Operating Time of Coil: less than 50%)
Range
Mounting Direction Drive shaft in Vertical Direction within an Angle of 45o as Maximum
Flow Direction Reversible
Drive Method 4-Phase Pulse Motor Method
Rated Voltage DC12V+1.2V
Drive Condition 80+5PPS (Pulse Width at ON: 36mm sec, OFF: 60mm sec)
1, 2 Phase Excitation
Coil Resistance
46Ω+3Ω (at 20oC)
(each Phase)
Wiring Diagram,
Drive Circuit and
Activation Mode A ON
M OFF

Wiring B
Diagram A
B A B A
B
Drive Close Open
DC12V Circuit Valve

Activation

180
3.5 Pressure Sensor
(1) High Pressure Control
The high pressure during heating operation is detected by a high pressure sensor, and compressor
frequencies are controlled by the proportional controlling method with operating capacity of indoor units
(or PID Control for Compressor Frequency) so that the high pressure is controlled in an appropriate
range. The output of the high pressure sensor during heating operation performs protective control;
gas by-pass control.

4.5

Output Voltage (DC V)


Heating Operation

Proportional Control of
Compressor Frequency
with Operating Capacity 2.5
High of Indoor Units
Pressure
Control
Protection Control (Gas
Bypass Control)

0.5

0 2.5 5.0
Pressure MPa (kgf/cm G)
2

Output Characteristics of High Pressure Sensor

(2) Low Pressure Control


The suction pressure during cooling operation is detected by a low pressure sensor, and compressor
frequencies are controlled by the proportional controlling method with operating capacity of indoor units
(or PID Control for Compressor Frequency) so that the suction pressure is controlled in an appropriate
range.
If the suction pressure reaches excessively low, the cooling can be insufficient and parts composing
the refrigeration cycle can be damaged. For this reason, if the output of the low pressure sensor
indicates vacuum and the value is maintained 12 minutes or longer, the compressor is stopped for the
purpose of protection.

4.5
Output Voltage (DC V)

Cooling Operation

Proportional Control of
Compressor Frequency
with Operating Capacity 2.5
Low of Indoor Units
Pressure
Control
Vacuum Prevention
Control 0.5
(0.3)

(-0.1) 0 1.0 2.0


Pressure MPa (kgf/cm G) 2

Output Characteristics of Low Pressure Sensor

181
3.6 High Pressure Protection Device
If the discharge pressure is excessively high, the compressor and the component parts of the
refrigeration cycle can be damaged. Therefore, in case that the discharge pressure is higher than
4.15MPa (R410A), the protection control is activated and the compressor is stopped.

<Example: 14HP to 18HP>

Faston Terminal

High Pressure
Switch

Brazing Part

PSH1

PSH2

Inverter Compressor

Constant Speed
Compressor

182
3.7 Noise Filter (NF1, NF2)
The noise filter decreases the leakage of noise made by the inverter to the power supply side. Terminals
indicated with “LOAD” are connected to the inverter side and terminals indicated with “LINE” to the power
supply side.

380-415V/50Hz (NF1)
Items Specifications
Model EFFQ-27TT-03
Rated Current AC 380/415V 27A
Permissible Temperature Range -25oC to 65oC
Circuit Diagram
LINE LOAD
IN L Cy1 L OUT
L1 L1’
Cy1
L2 L2’
Cy1
L3 L3’
FU

Z
N N’
Cx Cy2 Cx
Z
SA Cy2
E E’

(mm)

E
OUT
IN
N N'

L3'
L3
106
116

L2'
L2

L1 L1'

118 82
214
Max. 70

Max. 5

183
380-415V/50Hz(NF2)
Items Specifications
Model ESFQ-30F3P-04
Rated Current AC 220/240V 15A
Permissible Temperature Range -25oC to 60oC
Circuit Diagram

LINE L4
LOAD
L1 L2
L11 L12
FU Cx2.2 Cx2.2 Cx2.2 L3 Cx4.7
Z
N1 N2
Cy2 Cy2
Z SA

(mm)
188.5
170
65 4.5
70
79

Lot E

105 6-φ4.2
Max. 50
Max. 2.5

Max. 5

184
220V/60Hz (NF1)
Items Specifications
Model EFFQ-60TT-01
Rated Current AC250V 60A
Permissible Temperature Range -25oC to 85oC
Circuit Diagram
LINE LOAD

R U
R Cx R Cx Cx Cx
ZZ

S V
R Cx
Z L

T W

Cy Cy Cy
Z SA
E

(mm)
245

Cy Cy
RZ E
R
Cx U Cx

RZ
S V
120
110

Cx Cx

RZ W
T
Cx Cx

Cy

117.5 117.5
Max. 60
Max. 3

185
3.8 Capacitor (CB1, CB2)
This part is used for changing the alternative current to the direct current for the inverter.

380/50Hz(CB1, CB2)
Items Specifications
Model LNX2G472MSEAHE
Capacity of Static Electricity 4700µF
Rated Voltage 400V
Permissible Temperature Range -25oC to 85oC

415V/50Hz(CB1, CB2)
Items Specifications
Model LNX2W472MSEEHE
Capacity of Static Electricity 4700µF
Rated Voltage 450V
Permissible Temperature Range -25oC to 85oC

(Connect two capacitor in line and used.)

(mm)
150

+
φ63.5

3.9 Capacitor (CB3)


This part is used for changing the alternative current to the direct current for fan controller.

380-415V/50Hz
Items Specifications
Model LNT2W272MSEAHE
Capacity of Static Electricity 2700µF
Rated Voltage 450V
Permissible Temperature Range -25 C to 105oC
o

(mm)
130

+
φ63.5

186
3.10 Reactor (DCL1, DCL2)
This part is used for changing the alternative current to the direct current for the inverter.

380-415V/50Hz (DCL1)
Items Specifications
Character 1.0mH+10% (at 1kHz)
Rated Current 30A
Direct Current Resistance 22.8mΩ+20% (at 20oC)
Permissible Temperature Range -20oC to 60oC

(mm)

Max. 85
47.5
66
71.5

60

86

187
380-415V/50Hz (DCL2)
Items Specifications
Character 3.0mH
Rated Current 10A
Direct Current Resistance 0.076Ω+10% (at 20oC)
Permissible Temperature Range -20oC to 70oC

(mm)
66
54

60
46
57
49

188
220V/60Hz (DCL)
Items Specifications
Character 0.7mH+15% (at 1kHz)
Rated Current 55A
Direct Current Resistance 11.2mΩ+20% (at 20oC)
Permissible Temperature Range Max. 60oC

(mm)

Max. 100
80.5
62
74

60
86

189
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
4. OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.1 Setting Method
Setting PSW on the outdoor unit PCB is required for “External Input and Output Setting” and “Function
Setting”. As for 20 to 54HP, set from the PSW in outdoor unit A. (Setting from the PSW in outdoor unit B and
C is invalid.)
< Setting Method >
PSW1
 Press PSW1 for 3 seconds when remote control switches are OFF. “Menu Mode” will be indicated.
 After the setting is completed, press PSW1 for 3 seconds when “Menu Mode” is indicated.
The display will be back to the normal indication.

PSW4 (▼) PSW2 (▲)


PSW1
To “External Input and Output Setting”
PSW4 (▼) PSW2 (▲)
PSW1
To “Function Setting”

Menu Mode

4.2 External Input and Output Setting


On the outdoor unit PCB, there are three input terminals (CN17, CN18) to receive external signals and two
output terminals (CN16) to send signals outwards. Control functions as shown below table are available by
setting input and output terminals.
<Input> <Output>

Control Function No. Setting Function for Input Control Function No. Setting Function for Output

1 Fixing Heating Operation Mode 1 Operation Signal


2 Fixing Cooling Opeation Mode 2 Alarm Signal
3 Demand Stoppage 3 Compressor ON Signal
4 Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop 4 Defrosting Signal
5 Forced Stoppage
6 Demand Current Control 40%
7 Demand Current Control 60%
8 Demand Current Control 70%
9 Demand Current Control 80%
10 Demand Current Control 100%
11 Low Noise Setting 1
12 Low Noise Setting 2
13 Low Noise Setting 3
0 No Setting

The following functions have been already set before shipment.


<Input Terminal>

Input Terminal Name Connector (Pin No.) Setting Function Control Function No.

Input 1 CN17 (1-2) Fixed Heating Operation Mode 1


Input 2 CN17 (2-3) Fixed Cooling Operation Mode 2
Input 3 CN18 (1-2) Demand Stoppage 3
<Output Terminal>

Output Terminal Name Connector (Pin No.) Setting Function Control Function No.

Output 1 CN16 (1-2) Operation Signal 1


Output 2 CN16 (1-3) Alarm Signal 2

190
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
● Setting of External Input and Output

In the case that the setting alteration is required at site, perform the following procedures.

(1) By selecting “External Input and Output Setting”, the following appears on the 7-segment display.
(The setting should be performed during the outdoor unit stoppage. Also, set DSW4-#4 of outdoor unit
PCB at the “ON” side before performing in order to prevent the compressor activation.)

SEG2 SEG1

Input/Output Terminal Name Control Function No.

This display indicates that the control function No. 1 (Fixed Heating Operation Mode) is set at input 1.

(2) By pressing PSW2 or PSW4, input/output terminal name is changed.


The following shows the display changes when PSW2 or PSW4 are pushed.

Input Terminal Current setting function is indicated as


Name 1 Control Function No.
(The figure is for setting before shippment.)

Input Terminal
Name 2

PSW4 PSW2
ON ON
Input Terminal
Name 3

Output Terminal
Name 1

Output Terminal
Name 2

(3) After selecting Input/Output Terminal Name, press PSW3 or PSW5, and then choose Control Function No.

By pressing PSW3, the number increases by 1.


By pressing PSW5, the number decreases by 1.
(Control Function No.13 Press PSW3 return to 0)

(4) After selecting the control function No., press PSW1 for 3 seconds. The display will be back to the
normal indication. The selected contents are memorized in the outdoor unit PCB and “External Input
and Output Setting” is completed. The memorized data is maintained even power source is cut OFF.
The electrical wiring diagram for each control functions are described in next item, and the required
parts are also indicated in the table 4.1.

191
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
● External Input Function Setting
The following signals can be received by the outdoor unit PCB. Refer to the table 4.1 for the required
main parts.
4.2.1 Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1),
Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2)
When the input terminals for the fixing operation mode on the outdoor unit PCB1 are
short-circuited, the operation mode can be fixed at the cooling or heating mode.
Short-circuit between Terminals 1 and 2 of CN17: Fixed Heating Operation Mode
Short-circuit between Terminals 2 and 3 of CN17: Fixed Cooling Operation Mode
During this fixed heating (or cooling) mode, no cooling (or heating) operation is available. The indoor units
under the cooling or dry operation (or heating operation) will be changed to the Thermo-OFF condition
during this mode, and stoppage code No. “20” is given.
• Setting Example
Fixing Heating Operation at Input 1 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN17)
Fixing Cooling Operation at Input 2 (between 3 and 2 pins of CN17)

X1: Auxiliary Relay


X2: Auxiliary Relay
Outdoor Unit SS3: Operation Mode Fixing Switch
3P Connector PCB1 SS2: Changeover Switch

CN17 SS3
1
1
2 2 SS2
3 Power
3
Source
(Heat) (Cool)
X2 X1 X2 X1
(Heat) (Cool)
Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Fixing Operation Mode

4.2.2 Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3)


When the input terminals for demand stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited, compressor(s)
is stopped. (In this case, the indoor unit(s) is put under Thermo-OFF condition. Cooling operation: Air-flow
setting, Heating operation: Lo setting)
The stoppage code No. “10” is given. By disconnecting the demand switch contact, restarting is available.
NOTE:
When demand control (ON/OFF) is performed, it is recommended that the control (ON/OFF) time is set
as appropriate according to the heat load. Also, set the demand control time approximately once in 30
minutes at the minimum in consideration of energy saving.

• Setting Example
Demand Stoppage at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18)

Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay


3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Demand Stoppage Switch

CN18 SS3
1
1
2 2 Power
3
Source

X1 X1
Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Stoppage

192
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
4.2.3 Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4)
When the input terminals for the outdoor fan motor start/stop on the outdoor unit PCB1 are
short-circuited during compressor stoppage, all the outdoor fan motors are operated at the full speed.
However, if the compressor starts compressor operation, the fan operation is changed to the normal
operation. If the input terminal is opened, the fan(s) is stopped. This function protects the outdoor units
from a condition covered with snow.
This function is available only when the compressor is stopped. Therefore, even if the input signal is sent
mistakenly during the normal cooling and heating operation, this function will NOT be available.

• Setting Example
Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18)

Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay


3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Snow Sensor Switch

CN18 SS3
1
1
2 2 Power
3
Source

X1 X1
Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop

4.2.4 Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5)


When the input terminals for the forced stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB1 is short-circuited during running,
the compressor and the indoor fan motor are stopped. However, the remote control switch display remains
at the same mode with the stoppage code No. “10”.
In this case, if the input terminals are opened, operation is resumed.

• Setting Example
Forced Stoppage at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18)

Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay


3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Forced Stoppage Switch

CN18 SS3
1
1
2 2 Power
3
Source

X1 X1
Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Forced Stoppage

193
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
4.2.5 Input Demand Current Control 40, 60, 70, 80, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 10)
When the input terminals for demand current control on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited, the
compressor frequency is controlled that the maximum limit of the outdoor running current is set 100%, 80%,
70%, 60% and 40%.
(The maximum limit of the outdoor unit running current can be selected according to the item “4.2 External
Input and Output Setting”.)
If the outdoor unit running current increases over the maximum limit, the indoor unit is put under thermo-
OFF condition. The stoppage code No. “10” is given. When the input terminal is opened during the demand
current control, its control is reset.

• Setting Example
Demand Current Control at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18), Control Function No. 6 to 10

Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay


3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Demand Current Switch

CN18 SS3
1
1
2 2 Power
3
Source

X1 X1
Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Current Control

194
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
4.2.6 Input Low Noise Setting 1, 2, 3 (Control Function No.11 to 13)
When the input terminals for low noise setting on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited, the compressor
frequency and outdoor fan rotation frequency are controlled and the operating sound for the outdoor unit will
be given as shown in the table below.
The operating sound can be set by selecting the control function No.
NOTE:
(a) The outdoor unit capacity will decrease because the compressor frequency and outdoor fan motor
frequency forcibly decrease. The operating range will be also restricted.
(b) In some cases, the operating sound (targeted value) may be temporarily higher than the value in the
table below.

<Control Function No. for Low Noise Setting and Operating Sound/Outdoor Unit Capacity>
Operating Sound Outdoor Unit Capacity
Control Function No.
(Targeted Value) (Specification Ratio)
No Setting Catalog Value 100%
11 (Low Noise Setting 1) Catalog Value -2 [dB] 80%
12 (Low Noise Setting 2) Catalog Value -5 [dB] 60%
13 (Low Noise Setting 3) Catalog Value -8 [dB] 40%

• Setting Example
Low Noise Setting at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18), Control Function No. 12

Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay


3P Connector
PCB1 SS3: Demand Current Switch
CN18
1
SS3
X1 2 Power
Source
X X1

Control Circuit

Wiring Diagram Example of Low Noise Setting

Input Terminal
Short-circuited

100%
Capacity
60%

Catalog Value [dB] Catalog Value [dB]

Operating
Sound Catalog Value -5 [dB]

Day Time 20:00 Night Time 8:00 Day Time

[Example] “Low Noise Setting 2” during Night Time Only

195
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
Table 4.1 Specifications of Required Main Parts

Parts Specifications Remarks


Mini-Power Relay, MY1F (or 2F) made
Auxiliary Relay (X1, X2) 220V/240V
by OMRON
Changeover Switch (SS2, SS3) Manual Switch 220V/240V
PCC-1A Five Cords with
3 Pin Connector Cord
(Connected to JST Connector, XARP-3) Connectors as One Set
Electric Wire Low Volt. 0.3mm2 lower than 24V
(Inside of Unit) 220/240V 0.5 to 0.75mm 2

Electric Wire Low Volt. 0.5 to 0.75mm2 lower than 24V


(Outside of Unit) 220/240V 2mm2

NOTES:
1. Make the wire to the terminals as short as possible.
2. Do not run the wires along high voltage cable. Keep at least 30cm between the wire and the high
voltage cable. (crossing is applicable.)
If necessary to run wires along high voltage cable, insert the low voltage cable(s) into metal tube and
ground it at one end. If sealed wires are used at the low voltage wire side, ground it at one end of shield
wires. The maximum length should be within 70m.

196
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
● External Output Function Setting

The following signals can be picked up from the outdoor unit PCB.
Refer to the table 4.2 for the required main parts.

4.2.7 Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1)


This function is utilized to receive the operation signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the operation. Operation signal will be sent to output
terminals when the indoor units are operating. (Even when one (1) indoor unit is operating, the signal will
be sent.) This function can be used for circulator or humidifier operation.

• Setting Example
Operation Signal at Output 1 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 2

3P Connector Housing

1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1

Wiring Diagram Example of Operation Signal

4.2.8 Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2)


This function is utilized to receive the alarm signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed when the alarm occurs. Alarm signal will be sent to output
terminals when the alarm occurs from the indoor units. (The signal will be sent even when the alarm occurs
from one (1) indoor unit.)

• Setting Example
Alarm Signal at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3

3P Connector Housing

1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1

Wiring Diagram Example of Alarm Signal

197
(Operation from Outdoor PCB)
4.2.9 Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3)
This function is utilized to receive the compressor operation signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the compressor operation.

• Setting Example
Compressor ON Signal at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3

3P Connector Housing

1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1

Wiring Diagram Example of Compressor ON Signal

4.2.10 Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4)


This function is utilized to receive the defrosting signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the defrosting.

• Setting Example
Defrosting Stoppage at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)

Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3

3P Connector Housing

1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1

Wiring Diagram Example of Defrosting Signal

Table 4.2 Specifications of Required Main Parts

Parts Specifications

Auxiliary Relay * High-Power Relay, LY2F DC12V made by OMRON

* Do not use the relay with diode built-in.


* Refer to the table 4.1 for the connector parts.

198
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)
4.3 Function Setting
(1) The setting should be performed during the outdoor unit stoppage.
Set DSW4-#4 of outdoor unit PCB at the “ON” side before performing in order to prevent the
compressor activation.
(2) Press PSW1 for more than 3 seconds.
“Menu” will be indicated on the 7-segment display. The menu indication is changed by pressing PSW2
or PSW4 and displayed in the following order.
“CHEC” “ioST” “Func”

Select the function setting mode indicated “Func” on the 7-segment display.

Arrangement of Push Switches on PCB1

PSW2 PSW3
PSW5
SEG2 SEG1
20B 52C1
7-Segment
Display X1 20C
X2 212 20A1 52C2

PSW1 20CHG 20F1


20F2 211 CH2 CH1
PSW4 PCB1 Fan 20A2
7-Segment Display

199
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)
Start

Press PSW1 more than 3 seconds.


The “Menu” is indicated on the 7-Segment Display.
PSW1 Menu
SEG2 SEG1 PSW1
to Check Mode
More Than 3 Seconds
PSW4 PSW2 to END of Setting
PSW4 PSW2 PSW4 PSW2
PSW1
to External Input/Output Setting Compressor
Not Available Indoor Expansion
Frequency Control Not Available
Valve Opening
PSW4 PSW2 Target Value for
PSW3 PSW5 Change for
PSW1 Cooling PSW3 PSW5
Stoppage I.U. in
(Need No Setting)
to Function Setting Available
Heating Mode
SET (Need No Setting) Available
PSW3 PSW5 SET PSW3 PSW5
PSW4
B Available
Available
PSW5 PSW4 PSW2 PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
SEG2 SEG1
Circular at Available
Not Available Not Prepared
Heating
Thermo-off PSW3 PSW5
PSW4 PSW2
PSW3 PSW5
Available Indoor Expansion
Available Not Available
SET Valve Opening
PSW3 PSW5 Change for
PSW4 PSW2 Thermo-off I.U. in PSW3 PSW5
Available Heating Mode
Night-Shift (Need No Setting) Available
Not Available
PSW3 PSW5
SET PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Available
Available Available
SET PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
PSW4 PSW2
Available
Cancellation of Not Prepared
Not Available
Outdoor Ambient PSW4 PSW2
Temperature Limit PSW4 PSW2
PSW3 PSW5
Compressor
Not Available Indoor Expansion
Frequency Control Not Available
Available Target Value for Valve Initial
SET PSW3 PSW5 Opening of
Heating
Thermo-on I.U. in PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5 (Need No Setting)
Available Heating Mode
SET (Need No Setting) Available
Available
PSW3 PSW5
SET PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Available
Available
Available
PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
PSW4 PSW2
Available
Defrost for Cold Available
Not Available
Area (Change of PSW3 PSW5
Defrost Condition) PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Available
Available
Available
SET PSW3 PSW5
PSW4 PSW2
PSW4 PSW2
Available
Fine adjustment
SLo (Fan Speed) Not Available
Not Available PSW3 PSW5 of Indoor
Defrost Setting
Expansion Valve
Initial Opening in PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5 Available
Cooling Mode
PSW3 PSW5 (Need No Setting) Available
Available
SET
SET PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5 Available

Available
Available PSW4 PSW2
PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Indoor Expansion
Not Available
Valve Control Available
Available Target Value for
Cooling PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
PSW4 PSW2 (Need No Setting)
Cancellation of Available
Not Available SET Available
Hot Start
PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5 PSW4 PSW2
Available
Available Fine adjustment
SET Not Available
PSW3 PSW5 of Indoor
PSW4 PSW2 Expansion Valve
Initial Opening in PSW3 PSW5
Available
Heating Mode
Priority Capacity
Not Available (Need No Setting) Available
Mode PSW3 PSW5
(Need No Setting)
PSW3 PSW5 SET PSW3 PSW5
Available

Available Available
SET PSW4 PSW2
PSW3 PSW5 Indoor Expansion PSW3 PSW5
Not Available
Valve Control
Target Value for Available
Available PSW3 PSW5
Heating
(Need No Setting)
PSW3 PSW5 PSW3 PSW5
Available
SET
Available PSW3 PSW5 Available

PSW4 Available PSW4 PSW2

PSW3 PSW5
A
PSW2

Available

PSW3 PSW5

Available

PSW2

PSW4

200
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)

PSW4 PSW2

Low Noise Setting PSW4 PSW2


Not Available
(Need No Setting)
Cold Draft
PSW3 PSW5 Not Available
Protection
PSW3 PSW5
Available
SET
PSW3 PSW5 Available
SET
PSW3 PSW5
Available

PSW3 PSW5 Available

PSW3 PSW5
Available

PSW3 PSW5 Available

Available PSW4 PSW2

PSW3 PSW5 Not


Not Prepared
Prepared
Available PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Not Prepared
SET
Available
PSW4 PSW2
PSW3 PSW5
Adjustment of
Not Available
Available Fan Rotation

PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Available
Available SET

PSW3 PSW5
PSW3 PSW5
Available
Available

PSW4 PSW2
PSW4 PSW2
Not Prepared
Not Prepared
Demand Function
Not Available
Setting
PSW3 PSW5
SET
Available
SET PSW4 PSW2
PSW3 PSW5

Not Prepared
Available

PSW3 PSW5
PSW4 PSW2
Available
B
PSW3 PSW5

Available

PSW3 PSW5

Available

PSW4 PSW2

Wave Function
Not Available
Setting

PSW3 PSW5

Available
SET

PSW3 PSW5

Available

PSW3 PSW5

Available

PSW3 PSW5

Available

PSW4
PSW2

201
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)
4.3.1 Circular at Heating Thermo-OFF
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” at the circular at heating thermo-OFF “ ”.
When the fan speed is changed to “LOW” at heating Thermo-OFF, there is a case that the room air
temperature is too high at heating Thermo-OFF.
In this case, the circular at heating thermo-OFF is recommended, and the detail of this function is shown
below.
The indoor fan operates for 2 minutes and stops for 6 minutes repeatedly during compressor operation.

Indoor Fan Operation


When the indoor unit is at thermo-OFF during
the heating operation, the indoor fan operates for
2 minutes and stops for 6 minutes repeatedly.
Start at Random
Operate

Stop

6 2 6 2 6 2 6
(min.)

NOTE:
When the indoor fan is stopped by another control, it is not available to operate indoor fan.

202
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)
4.3.2 Night-Shift (Low Noise)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” at the night shift (low noise) “ ”. Then, this function can
be set.
The outdoor fan operation is controlled by fan controller as shown below.
The night shift operation shall be applied in case that the cooling capacity has the margin to be allowed for
the capacity decrease and the low sound operation is required especially in the nighttime.

(1) Outdoor Fan

90%

80%
Maximum
Rotation 70%
(Rotation Ratio)

22 25 30 33
Outdoor Temperature (oC)

NOTE:
The maximum rotation is always 100% (rotation ratio) for the standard unit. (No limitation of the
outdoor temperature)

(2) Frequency Range (Cooling Operation)


50/60Hz
Outdoor Outdoor
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
Unit Unit
Frequency Frequency Conditions Frequency Frequency Conditions
Capacity Capacity
(HP) (Hz) (Hz) (HP) (Hz) (Hz)
When 8 80 When 8 60
Night Shift 10 90 Night Shift 10 60
is not Set Except for is Set
12 100 12 60
15 the Conditions 15 -
ni=0 14 140 on the Right ni=1 14 75
16 150 16 75
18 160 18 75

Converted Frequency of Constant Speed Compressor


50/60Hz
Power Supply Frequency (Hz)
Outdoor Unit Capacity (HP)
MC2
14, 16 50/60
18 60/73

NOTE:
The maximum frequency for the 8 to 18HP outdoor unit is indicated as;
Inverter Frequency + Converted Frequency of Constant Speed Compressor.

203
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)
4.3.3 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” to “3” at the cancellation of outdoor ambient temperature
limit of “ ”. Then, this function can be set.
The heating operation is continued under a high outdoor temperature or the cooling operation is continued
under a low temperature.

Setting Condition Operation Mode for Cancellation


1 Heating
2 Cooling
3 Heating/Cooling

Heating Operation
The limitation of the permissible outdoor
temperature area in heating operation Operation
30 Stoppage
(factory-set) as shown in the right figure is
canceled. Area
27
25

Indoor
Suction Air
Temperature
(oC)

0 15 17 19 26
Outdoor Temperature (oC)

Cooling Operation
The limitation of the permissible outdoor
temperature area in cooling operation 20
(factory-set) as shown in the right figure is
canceled. Operation Indoor
Stoppage Suction Air
Area 10 Temperature
(oC)

-8 0
Outdoor Temperature (oC)

NOTE:
If this function is set and the outdoor unit operates in the operation stoppage area shown above figure for a
long time, the outdoor unit may be damaged since protection control is canceled.

4.3.4 Defrost for Cold Area (Change of Defrost Condition)


Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” at the defrost for cold area “ ”.

Standard Specifications Cold Area Specifications


Setting
Condition When Change of Defrost Condition When Change of Defrost Condition
is NOT Set is Set

20 Defrosting Operation 20 Defrosting Operation


Stop Area Stop Area
15 15
Outdoor Evaporating Outdoor Evaporating
Temperature (oC) Temperature (oC)
Temperature (Pipe) 10
(Pipe) 10
Conditions -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
6 6
under
Defrosting Outdoor Temp. (oC) -2 Outdoor Temp. (oC) -2
Operation -6 -5
-10 -10
Defrosting Operation Defrosting Operation
Start Area Start Area
-15 -15

-21

204
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)
4.3.5 SLo Defrost Setting
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “3” at the SLo defrost setting “ “.
Indoor fan operation is stopped during the defrost operation and starting of heating operation.
However, this function can be operated the indoor fan at low speed during the defrosting operation and
starting of heating operation.

Setting Condition Indoor Fan Operation


Indoor fan stop when heating operation starts.
0
Indoor fan stop during defrost operation.
1 Indoor fan SLo during defrost operation.

2 Indoor fan SLo when heating operation starts.


Indoor fan SLo when heating operation starts.
3
Indoor fan SLo during defrost operation.

4.3.6 Cancellation of Hot Start


Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” at the cancellation of hot start setting “ ”, so the hot start
protection control can be canceled.

4.3.7 Demand Function Setting


Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” to “5”, so that the demand function setting “ ” can be
set.

Setting Condition Demand Running Current Control


1 40%
2 60%
3 70%
4 80%
5 100%

• Demand Control
Adopting self-demand function which drastically decreases power consumption has largely
improved energy-saving.

Excessive power supply consumption


exceeding the power setting range
Power Consumption

is restricted.

Power Setting
Selectable from 100%,
Maximum efficiency is secured 80%, 70%, 60% and 40% of
within the power setting range. the rated power consumption
for cooling operation.
Morning Daytime Night
Operating Hours

205
(Function Setting from Outdoor PCB)

4.3.8 Wave Function Setting


Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” to “4”, so that the wave function setting “ ” can be set.
While this function is activated, the maximum limit of running current is changed from 40% to 80% as shown
in the figure.

Setting Condition Running Current Lower Limit Setting


1 40%
2 60%
3 70%
4 80%

Electricity
Consumption
(100%)

Electricity
Consumption
(40 to 80%)

20min. 10min. 20min. 10min. 20min.10min. 20min.

4.3.9 Cold Draft Protection


Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” to “3” at the cold draft protection “ ”, so the cold draft
protection can be set. When the indoor unit discharge air temperature falls down to oC and below at
cooling operation, outdoor fan stops and compressor frequency forcibly decreases to prevent a drop in
discharge air temperature.

o
Setting Condition C
1 10
2 12
3 14

4.3.10 Adjustment of Fan Rotation


Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” or “2” at the fan rotation adjustment “ ”, so the fan
rotation adjustment can be set. If the outdoor unit fans make a whining sound in the case of the multiple
installation, set this function to the relevant outdoor units.

Setting Condition Adjustment of Fan Rotation


1 -15 rpm
2 -13 rpm

206
5. FIELD WORK INSTRUCTION
Refer to Chapter 1 “TROUBLESHOOTING” when dealing with troubles.
If the trouble cannot be solved, contact your dealer of YORK.

5.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage

The room where the packaged air conditioner is installed, the refrigerant gas should be controlled not to
exceed the limit concentration in case of the refrigerant leakage.

The refrigerant R410A of incombustible and non-toxic is adopted with this unit. If by any chance the
refrigerant gas is leaked and filled in the room, the possibility of suffocation may occur.
Especially for the JVOH(C) series, the outdoor unit is multi-type air conditioner by connecting multiple indoor
units with long distance piping. Accordingly, the refrigerant charging quantity is larger than general individual
unit. Before the indoor unit installation, confirm that the room can keep the lower gas concentration than the
limit value in order to take the emergency countermeasures even if the gas leakage is occurred.

The limit concentration is calculated according to the following formula:


Totally Charged Refrigerant Quantity in System (kg)
< Critical Concentration (kg/m3)
3
Room Space for each Indoor Unit (m )
0.3 kg/m3 *
After calculation, the room to install this unit is proved not to keep the gas concentration lower than the limit
value. However, the air conditioner should be installed in this room from unavoidable circumstances, each of
the following countermeasures should be taken.

(1) The gas leakage detector & alarm system and interlocking mechanical ventilation equipment (with
ventilation capacity over 0.4m3/min per refrigerating ton) should be installed. Refer to the following
figure.
Refrigerating Ton Refrigerating Ton Refrigerating Ton
Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit
(50Hz/60Hz) (50Hz/60Hz) (50Hz/60Hz)
8HP 4.11/4.11 24HP 10.19/10.59 40HP 14.30/14.70
10HP 4.11/4.11 26HP 10.19/10.59 42HP 14.73/14.76
12HP 4.11/4.11 28HP 12.16/12.96 44HP 16.70/17.13
14HP 6.08/6.48 30HP 12.16/12.96 46HP 16.70/17.13
16HP 6.08/6.48 32HP 12.16/12.96 48HP 17.13/17.19
18HP 6.51/6.54 34HP 12.59/13.02 50HP 19.10/19.56
20HP 8.22/8.22 36HP 13.02/13.08 52HP 19.10/19.56
22HP 10.19/10.59 38HP 14.30/14.70 54HP 19.53/19.62

(2) Make the effective opening for ventilation (such as opening without door or opening with over 0.15% of
the floor area at the upper and lower part of the door) between the next room in order to keep the lower
gas concentration than the limit.
Refrigerant Piping
● Example Refrigerant Charge: 60kg

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit
The Smallest
Room

Medium-sized
Small Room Room Large Room

Mechanical Ventilation Equipment + Gas Leakage Detector & Alarm System


Notes:
1. The gas leakage quantity for each room (large, medium-sized, small and the smallest) should be
calculated as 60kg.
2. The gas concentration of each room should not exceed the limit value, 0.3 kg/m3 *.
* In case of KHK-S0010, this value should be decided according to the each country's regulation such as
ISO5149 and EN378 .

207
5.2 Maintenance Work

(1) For Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit


(a) Fan and Fan Motor
• Lubrication - All fan motors are pre-lubricated and sealed at the factory. Therefore, no
lubricating maintenance is required.
• Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sound and vibration.
• Rotation - Inspect for clockwise rotation and rotating speed.
• Insulation - Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.
(b) Heat Exchanger
• Clogging - Inspect and remove any accumulated dirt or dust from the heat exchanger at
regular intervals. As for outdoor unit, other obstacles such as growing grass and pieces of paper,
which might restrict air flow, should also be removed.
(c) Piping Connection
• Leakage - Inspect for refrigerant leakage at piping connections.
(d) Cabinet
• Stain and Lubrication- Inspect and remove any stain or lubrication.
• Fixing Screw - Inspect and fix loosened or lost screws.
• Insulation - Inspect and repair peeled thermal insulation material on cabinet.
(e) Electrical Equipment
• Activation - Inspect for abnormal activation of the magnetic contractor, auxiliary relay, PCB and
etc.
• Line Condition - Pay attention to working voltage, amperage and phase balance.
Inspect for faulty contact caused by loosened terminal connections, oxidized contacts, foreign
matter, and other items. Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.
(f) Control and Protective Devices
• Setting - Do not readjust the setting in the field unless the setting is maintained at a point other
than the point listed in “10. Safety and Control Device Setting” of TC.

(2) For Outdoor Unit Only


(a) Compressor
• Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sound and vibration.
• Activation - Inspect for that the voltage drop of power supply line is within 16% at start and within
2% during operation.
(b) Reversing Valve
• Activation - Inspect for any abnormal activating sound.
(c) Strainer
• Clog - Inspect for that no temperature difference between both ends.
(d) Earth Wire
• Earth Line - Inspect for continuity to the earth.
(e) Crankcase Heater
• Activation - The crankcase heater should be activated at least 12 hours before start-up, by
switching ON the main power source.

(3) For Indoor Unit Only


(a) Air Filter
• Cleaning - Inspect and remove any accumulated dirt or dust according to “15.7 Filter Cleaning” of
TC.
(b) Drain Pan, Drain-Up Mechanism and Drain Pipe
• Drain Line - Inspect and clean the condensate drain line least twice a year.
• Drain-Up Mechanism - Inspect for activation of drain-up mechanism.
(c) Float Switch
• Activation - Inspect for activation of float switch.

208
5.3 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display
Customer’s Name DATE: - -

Outdoor Unit Model (Serial No. ) (Serial No. ) (Serial No. )


(1) Operation Mode
(2) Test Run Start Time
(3) Data Collect Start Time
(4) Read Out Data from 7-Segment in Outdoor Unit
Protection Control Code
Operating Capacity
Outdoor Total Connecting Capacity oCP
Outdoor Connecting Quantity oAA
Indoor Total Connecting Capacity iCP
Indoor Connecting Quantity iAA
Refrigerant System Address GA
Indoor Operating Capacity oP
Total Frequency Hz
Accumulated Operation Time of Unit UJ
Outdoor Unit Information
Outdoor Capacity CA
Outdoor Microcomputer Output SC 52C1 52C2 CH1 CH2 A1 A2 211 212 52C1 52C2 CH1 CH2 A1 A2 211 212

FAN 20B 20C 20F1 20F2 20CHG X1 X2 FAN 20B 20C 20F1 20F2 20CHG X1 X2

Inverter Frequency H1
Compressor Running Quantity CC
Outdoor Fan Step Fo
Outdoor Expansion Valve Opening E1
Eb
Discharge Pressure Pd
Suction Pressure Ps
Outdoor Temperature To
Discharge Gas Temperature Td1
Td2
Heat Exchanger Liquid Temperature TE
Heat Exchanger Gas Temperature TG
Automatic Refrigerant Charge Temperature TCH
Gas Bypass Temperature TbG
Inverter Fin Temperature TFi
Fan Controller Temperature TFF
Compressor Running Current A1
A2
Fan Running Current AF
Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor UJ1
UJ2

Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor cU1


(Available for Timer Reset) cU2
Inverter Stoppage Cause Code iT
Fan Controller Stoppage Cause Code FT
Indoor Unit Information
Indoor Capacity CA
Indoor Expansion Valve Opening iE
Heat Exchanger Liquid Temperature TL
Heat Exchanger Gas Temperature TG
Intake Air Temperature Ti
Outlet Air Temperature To
Indoor Unit Stoppage Cause Code d1

209
5.4 Service and Maintenance Record by Remote Control Switch
Data Sheet for Checking by Remote Control Switch
Time : : : : :
I.U. Model
I.U. Serial No.
I.U. No. / Alarm Code
Check Check
Mode Mode 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2
1 2
B Temp. Indication
Set Temp. b1 --
Inlet Air Temp. b2 91
Discharge Air Temp. b3 92
Liquid Pipe Temp. b4 93
Remote Thermistor Temp. b5 --
Outdoor Air Temp. b6 94
Gas Pipe Temp. b7 95
Evaporating Temp.
b8 96
at Heating
Control Information b9 97
Comp. Top Temp. bA 98
Thermo Temp. of
bb --
Remote Control Switch
C Micro-Computer State Indication
I.U. Micro-Computer C1 --
O.U. Micro-Computer C2 --
D Stopping Cause State Indication
Stopping Cause
d1 --
State Indication
E Alarm Occurrence
Times of Abnormality E1 --
Times of Power Failure E2 --
Times of
E3 --
Abnormal Transmitting
Times of Inverter Tripping E4 --
F Automatic Louver State
Louver Sensor State F1 --
H Pressure, Frequency State Indication
Discharge Pressure H1 99
Suction Pressure H2 9A
Control Information H3 9b
Operating Frequency H4 9C
J I.U. Capacity Indication
I.U. Capacity (X1/8HP) J1 --
O.U. Code J2 --
Refrigerant Cycle Number J3 --
Refrigerant Cycle Number J4 --
L Opening of Expansion Valve
I.U. Expansion Valve L1 9d
O.U. Expansion Valve 1 L2 9E
O.U. Expansion Valve 2 L3 --
O.U. Expansion Valve B L4 --
P Running Current Indication (Reference)
Comp. Current P1 9F

Client: Result
Installation Date:
System No.:
Date Checked:
Checked by:

210
5.5 Service & Maintenance Record
Service and Maintenance Record
No. Check Item Action Judgement
1 Is service space sufficient? YES or NO
2 Short Circuit of Discharge Air? YES or NO
3 Any Heat Influence YES or NO
4 Is earth wire connected? YES or NO
5 Refrigeration Piping GOOD or NOT GOOD
6 Fixing of Units GOOD or NOT GOOD
Any Damage on Outer or Internal
7 YES or NO
Surface?
TIGHTENED or
8 Checking of Screw and Bolts Tighten if loosen.
NOT TIGHTENED
Tighten all terminal screws by TIGHTENED or
9 Tightening of Terminal Screws
phillips driver. NOT TIGHTENED
Are compressor terminals PUSHED or
10 Push all terminals.
tightly fixed? NOT PUSHED
Measure insulation resistance by
insulation resistance-meter.
11 Insulation Resistance Comp. and Fan GOOD or NOT GOOD
Motor: greater than 3MW
Others: greater than 3MW
Check for smooth flow by
12 Does drain water smoothly flow? GOOD or NOT GOOD
pouring water.
13 Check for leakage at compressor. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check for leakage at
14 ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
outdoor heat exchanger.
Check for leakage at
15 ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
indoor heat exchanger.
16 Check for leakage at reversing valve. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
17 Check for leakage at check valve. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
18 Check for leakage at accumulator. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
19 Check for leakage at strainer. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check for leakage at
20 ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
electronic expansion valve.
21 Check for leakage at piping. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
22 Check direction of fans. by Viewing or Air Flow Volume GOOD or NOT GOOD
23 Voltage among each Phase. higher than 220V GOOD or NOT GOOD
24 Vibration and Sound Check fan, compressor, piping, etc. GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check activation of COOL,
25 Activation of Each Operation Mode GOOD or NOT GOOD
HEAT, STOP and TEMP. switches.
26 High Pressure Cut-out Switch Check actual activation value. GOOD or NOT GOOD
27 Check activation of drain mechanism. Check it during cooling operation. GOOD or NOT GOOD
o
28 Indoor Inlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ oC WB
o
29 Indoor Outlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ oC WB
o
30 Outdoor Inlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ oC WB
o
31 Outdoor Outlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ oC WB
32 High Pressure Switch MPaG
33 Low Pressure Switch MPaG
34 Operating Voltage V
35 Operating Current A
36 Instruction Cleaning of Air Filter to Client DONE or NOT YET
37 Instruction for Cleaning Method to Client DONE or NOT YET
38 Instruction for Operation to Client DONE or NOT YET

211
5.6 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant

4.0

R407C R404A
3.5 R507A R410A
R22 R12
R134a R407E

3.0

2.5
Saturation Pressure (Liquid) [MPa (G)]

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

REFPROP Ver.5.10

-0.5
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Saturation Temperature (Liquid) [oC]

212
5.7 Mollier Chart for R410A

213
© 2015 Johnson Controls, Inc. WWW.johonsoncontrols.com Form No. 1777 201603
Johnson Controls reserve the right change product features without notice.

JTC22016001A 201603

You might also like